Home

Installation and Operation Manual, Unite Connectivity

1. T980RI Fixed Receiver Figure 55 Connection without Central Unit in an One way system Figure 55 illustrates an one way system where the Receiver Interfaces are connected directly to the A bus of the Unite CMs The solution can be used in large systems with several receiver areas and where no Central Unit is to be used The alarms locations etc received from receiver area A are distributed over IP to the receiver area B where the Unite CM is located This Unite CM distributes the alarms locations etc to the applicable service In this solution the basic parameters are as follows Receiver Interface Number of modules to receive alarms is set to 1 NOTE This parameter is set in the PCPAR application see General Description PCPAR TD 90799GB Unite CM on Receiver area A Bus operating mode is set to Abus without central unit The destination for alarm locations etc received from the System 900 is set under Message Distribution For example 10 30 1 1 BasicAlarmHandler Note that the destination is the Unite CM on Receiver area B Unite CM on Receiver area B Bus operating mode is set to Abus without central unit The destination for alarm locations etc received from the System 900 is set under Message Distribution For example 127 0 0 1 BasicAlarmHandler ee aye we VREE S LAN wu c ws 10 30 1 2 5900700 n z Unite CM 10 3012
2. eee eee eere eene eee ee eene teen estate tenen etes etas en aeta 156 20 L USES tetro t e et e a ue B reti Nepean 156 20 2 4 GFOU DS eere RETE REOR REOR OR E HERES 157 20 3 User Teams sete eO ERR RR 159 ZOE Work Shlftss tte ER EI E EO n RH 161 20 5 Add Messaging CategOFLy x ere eter det RU e AER dt 161 06 March 2013 Ver Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 20 6 Add S900 Composite Category for Multi Site Paging sss 162 21 Software Administration ee eeeeee e eene eee e eee eee ete een netten seen aetas seen setae eene eta 164 21 1 Ssoftware InformatioHn d ce n be pe tees 164 21 2 SWITCH SOPEWONG er rr t ENE ER RR TERR UTR a Us Gu as 164 21 3 Install NEW SOTEWOFO 3 antem toe ei o Nr eta cer ecl 165 22 Administration of Language and User Interface eere 22 1 Customize the Language 0 eseeceseesessesessecessesessecessesecsesesecsessesessesesnesesneseseeseseeateneaeens 22 2 Customize the User Interface GUI sse 22 3 Test the New Uset InterfaGe sedet d ren eo Ro oe rta 22 4 Update the User Interface after a new Unite CM Release 23 System Supervision and Security eese eee ee senses nnon sons tn nenas 180 23 1 Unite Modules e ee e HERRERA ERR ER e UA 180 23 2 P EQUIDIOORE sttr tonic Ent t E E RI DUEB nU D Petri 184 23 3 AuxiliampPEquiprmierit s rm core e E C EROR UC P Res 185
3. 4 10 1 Add Alarm Actions 1 Select Alarm amp Events gt Basic Handling B Alarm Actions Y Messaging Number of triggers 2 250 Y Phonebook Name Notes Triggers Fiam Eies Alarm 2 Alarm Type Push button amp x double press Seidi Gleif Alarm Alarm Type Push button long Hox Advanced Handling press AMC Management Locations Add 2 Click Add 3 Enter a descriptive name for the alarm action in the Name text field 4 Enter a short description useful information in the Notes text field 06 March 2013 Ver 45 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Define Trigger 1 Select type of trigger in the Triggers drop down list and click Add Several triggers of the same type can be added to the same action Triggers Select trigger type and click Add Several tnggers of the same type can be added Alarm tigger v Add e Alarm Trigger 1 Select trigger in the Alarm Type drop down list Triggers Select trigger type and click Add Several triggers of the same type can be added Alarm Trigger Alarm Type Number rx Any Push button double press Push button long press No movement Man down Pull cord 2 If the alarm is to be sent from a specific handset enter handset no in the Number text field Leave empty if any handset shall be able to trigger the alarm Note that the handset must be defined in Messaging Users 3 Click Add Inpu
4. 9746 b2 p3 al unitecm company com This will result in a message to the call number 9746 with beep code 2 priority 3 anda request for manual acknowledge If any properties are left out default values will be used Example 2 9746 a2 unitecm company com This means that the receiver alias number is 9746 beep code is by default set to 1 and the priority is by default set to 7 User response data is requested 14 2 1 SMTP Input Interface receive e mail as message 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 121 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 Click SMTP under Input Interfaces in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Message Message max length ES 160 Subject max length E 80 Body max length 28 80 Call ID range Lower limit EE Call ID range Upper limit EE Beep code S Beepcode1 v Priority Hl 7v7 Text forwarded to pager E supject Body Date From field Introductory text in message EE Mail Response option text Ej Reply IP Address of Event Handler 2 Allowed IP addresses E Allowed mail senders EE 4 The following settings can be selected changed Settings Description Message max length Subject max length Body max length Call ID range Lower limit Call ID range Upper limit Beep code Priority Text forwarded to pager I
5. t is not possible to edit the Central Phonebook The phonebook is configured to be read only Edit the external phonebook file and re import it to the Central Phonebook Access the LDAP server and alter the desired entry After commit the new data will be available for the Central Phonebook The phonebook is configured to use an LDAP server 06 March 2013 Ver Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Fault Probable cause Action or comment LDAP queries sometimes returns no value e Import of language to the configuration GUI fails Set language fails in Unite CM e Several functions of the System does not start Spontaneous restarts of the application Serial Interface is seen in the error log Advanced diversion is not performed when diverting from an inactive work shift to an active work shift 06 March 2013 Ver The phonebook uses Microsoft Active Directory which doesn t allow anonymously referrals The language file has the wrong format The language file might be faulty There is not a valid license Multiple applications This occurs when you have an Out of range condition in an inactive work shift and a Not reachable condition in an active work shift Since the Out of range condition not should be performed due to it belongs to an inactive work shift the Advanced Diversion f
6. 06 March 2013 Ver 83 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 7 4 1 Serial IP Server Protocol This parameter determines the version of Serial IP Server protocol to be used to establish a serial port channel from the RMC to the Serial IP Server The Serial IP Server is a service that communicates with the Unite CM s COM ports Unite CM 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Select Remote Management in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Protocol Version nctivate 4 In the Protocol Version drop down list select one of the following Select protocol version 1 0 if a legacy RMC is connected or if a RMC is not connected through a VPN tunnel Select protocol version 2 0 if a RMC is connected through a VPN tunnel In this case RMC version 1 32 or later must be used 7 5 Unlock GUI Managed by Unite AM This option does only appear if the communication between Unite AM and Unite CM has been lost for more than 60 seconds The option makes it possible to unlock the GUIs in the Unite CM that are managed by the Unite AM If the communication is re established the GUls in the Unite CM will be locked once again 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Select UniteAM Management in the menu on
7. 20 1 2 Edit Users 1 Click Messaging gt Users in the menu on the Configuration page 2 Click the 5 icon to the right of the user you want to edit The user settings can now be changed User 1 1 of 1 Number of users 25 10000 Divert to LastName FirstName Call ID Number Address Category Teknar d ROSE Category Duck Daisy 1081 1081 DECT be l select category v Add Advanced Add Figure 63 Edit a User For changing the individual password see chapter 4 2 Additional User Settings on page 23 3 Click the ld symbol to the right of the user to save changes for this user only Use the Save button to save all users if many users are edited 20 1 3 Delete Users 1 Click Messaging gt Users in the menu on the Configuration page 2 Click the X icon to the right of the user you want to delete 20 2 Groups For adding a new group see chapter 4 3 Create Groups on page 30 06 March 2013 Ver 157 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Symbols used in Group Handling Symbol Description Group ID Broadcast ID Multicast group ID Handset added but not yet programmed Handset removed from group but not yet programmed Unprogrammed members Activation of one several members failed Activation of group failed carrier interface problem E Y s A A Unsuccessful programming x amp d v E Edit a Group X Delete a Group 20 2 1
8. Basic Filter Settings All check boxes for priority are selected as default which means that all messages will be stored The different priorities are Low e Normal High Alarm NOTE Alarm refers to the message priority Alarm Discard Messages with specified Priority 1 Clear the check boxes for message priorities that are not to be stored 2 Click Save Advanced Filter Settings Click Advanced Settings to open the page It is possible to discard or to store activities sent from to an IP address and a service It is also possible to select specific activities to be discarded regardless of sender receiver Advanced Storage Settings Activities sent from to a service within a module can be discarded or stored in the log If Discard is selected all activities from to the specified service and module will be lost If Store is selected only activities from to listed services will be stored i e activities from to any other services will be lost Waming Selecting Store and not adding any services will result in all logs being discarded Discard O Store Add address Select activities to include in the log Discarded activities will be lost Store Discard Alarm Availability Request Alarm Acknowledge Availability Response Alarm System 900 Availability Status Call Setup Location Data Call Setup Response M Location Request Re Truncate Logs Truncation level Administration Events C Discard administratio
9. Every 5th time Buzzer sounds for every 5th displayed message Display mode Defines how messages is displayed NOTE Only applicable for Scrolling display The message is scrolled onto the teleCARE displays display from the bottom NOTE When there is only 1 active message the display will not scroll Constant display The message is shown directly At the end of the display time the display is blanked for 300 ms before the next message is shown Default Scrolling Buzzer off period Specifies the times of the day when a display s buzzer will be muted The Buzzer off period consists NOTE Only applicable for of a start time and an end time written in the teleCARE displays following format hh mm hh mm no spaces are allowed in the text string Example 00 00 00 00 the buzzer is always muted Empty field default the buzzer is never muted NOTE Do not enter overlapping time periods If the field s is empty the corresponding settings located under General setting will used 5 Click Activate 06 March 2013 Ver 116 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 13 SMS via GSM Modem NOTE Requires an additional license IMPORTANT The GSM interface on the Unite CM consists of a java application This means that it is not possible to upload and run an additional java application on the Unite CM if the GSM interface is used It is possible to send SMS from Unite CM to G
10. Fault Action Action Name DECT error Notes 3 Enter the Unite CM IP address xxx xxx xxx xxx DECT as trigger condition where XXX XXX XXX xxx is the IP address Trigger Normally either the host name IP address or module is entered as trigger condition If both are entered both have to match the incoming fault message Host name IP Address Module poooooocooox DECT Add Trigger Level Error v 4 Select the error level to trigger on as Error Select the action Send E mail and enter the complete e mail address to the recipient Select the Include log info check box Send E mail To Car Eriksson company se Ce Subject DECT error Message Log info Include log info 6 Mark the Error Relay Indicates Fault check box to use the output relay to indicate fault Set the duration to 60 s Error Relay Indicates Fault Duration s Persistent Action 60 El 06 March 2013 Ver 236 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 7 Click Save Fault Actions Fault Actions will be matched in listed order When a trigger condition matches the incoming fault message the following actions will not be matched amp fi DECT error x amp fi DEFAULT Add Action Figure 105 The action list with the DECT error action Unite CM is now configured to light the lamp connected to the error relay and to send an e mail with the log files to someone
11. National Prefix External Line Prefix PBX First Prefix PBX Second Prefix Maximum size of internal phone numbers E E BH EB E E E EH E E E E Minimum size of global phone numbers Figure 48 Settings for LDAP Directory in the VoIP Gateway O6Marh2013 Verl 9g Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e Active directory 2003 Phonebook LDAP Server or Proxy Address 172209219 Port Number Hd 259 Authentication Method Simple Username Idap user Password Search Base DN En Users dc small business dc Number Attribute telep honeNumber Type of Name Attribute s Separate attributes for first and family name v Name Attribute s given Name sn Error message Unable to reach LDAP database Digit Manipulation Digit Manipulation Enabled Country Code National Destination Code International Prefix National Prefix External Line Prefix PBX First Prefix PBX Second Prefix Maximum size of internal phone numbers Minimum size of global phone Figure 49 Settings for Active directory 2003 8 6 CMGParameter Setup The CMG is a central management server used for administration and it includes telephone directory services which can be used by Unite CM Phone
12. e Module Address This is the A bus module address used when Unite CM is connected to a system with a Central Unit Module priority This is the Unite CM priority on the A bus This parameter is only used when Unite CM is connected to an A bus with Central Unit e Default number of transmissions This is how many times a paging is transmitted in the System 900 This parameter is only used when Unite CM is connected to an A bus with Central Unit Automatic or Manual configuration of prefix and call number When Unite CM is connected to an A bus with Central Unit the parameters in the Central Unit can be used and this parameter can be set to automatic If Unite CM is controlling the communication on the A bus the parameters have to be configured manually e Number of digits in call number This is the number of digits in the handset addresses in the system If Unite CM is controlling the communication on the A bus this parameter has to be set manually 06 March 2013 Ver 142 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 5 Prefix and call number range This is the prefix that is used in the system The prefix has to be the same as for the other modules in the system If Unite CM is controlling the communication on the A bus this parameter has to be set manually Send module status from A bus to Unite When this parameter is enabled Unite CM sends module status to Unite as a status log Call Div
13. 06 March 2013 Ver 234 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Appendix E Fault Handling Configuration Example IP DECT system IP Gateway Main PBX Browsen Unite Local Area Network A N Connectivity LAN A Manager Q Figure 104 Unite CM fault handling in an IP DECT system installation This example shows a Unite CM connected to an IP DECT System A lamp is connected to Unite CM error relay and Unite CM is configured to activate the error relay and light the lamp for 60 seconds when a DECT error is reported NOTE When module redundancy is activated see 4 14 Module Redundancy on page 65 the error relay should only be connected to the primary Unite CM since it is preferred to be the active module For extra security Unite CM is also configured to send an e mail to a user in the system NOTE Requires an additional license see 1 1 Licenses for Unite CM on page 1 and that the mail server IP address has been set in the wizard Settings The actions are set up to trigger when Unite CM detects an error on the connection to the IP DECT system The actions on the triggers are to light a lamp and to send an e mail 1 Select Fault Handling gt Fault Actions in the menu on the Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 235 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 2 Enter a name for the fault action in this example DECT error
14. 06 March 2013 Ver 118 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 13 3 Send SMS from GSM Phone to a Handset in the System The SMS must have a hash t in front of the handset No and a space between the No and the message for example 7121 Hi Kriss how are you where 7121 is the handset number 06 March 2013 Ver 119 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 14 SMTP Mail Interface NOTE Requires an additional license Unite CM can receive e mails from any application capable of sending SMTP e mails and forward them as messages to handsets in the system Acknowledgement and delivery reports can also be sent back to origin sender Requirements User dependant filters and redirect of e mails must be set up in the user s mail client if e mail notification is wanted e The company mail server must be set up to allow sending e mails to Unite CM This includes relaying and possibly firewall configuration Contact your local IT department The company mail server must be set up to allow relaying to be able to send messages from the Ascom Messaging System to e mails Contact your local IT department 14 1 Considerations for Local IT Department Depending on the application the local IT department must be involved regarding settings for the mail server e mail client Unite CM firewall and DNS domain name server Receiving e mails from Corporate
15. FIELD Create Edit Translations in table L HL7 TABLE 0155 Local Elements HB i Persistent Elements Text to translate After Translation 3 External Interfaces Il pem E i Configuration Overview zi il Existing Translations Destination Text EVN EventtypelllIHL7 EVENT TYPECODE 2 0 1 0 IMSH Message header lif you want this configuration NOT to function then you should remove this translation Patient identificationlSIPATIENT ID 4 0 1 DIPATIENT NAME PREFIX 6 0 5 0 PID PATIENT NAME GIVEN 6 0 2 DIPATIENT NAME FAMILY 6 0 1 1 PATIENT NAME SPOUSE 6 1 1 6 PV1 Patient visit IPATIENT LOCATION 4 0 D OI Delete All Figure 119 HL7 Translation Table v2 For more information on how to create edit a translation table see Programming Guide Event Handler TD 92329GB For information on Source text from HL7 see an applicable HL7 document Define HL7 v2 Segment Data The source text is used to indicate from which HL7 segment data needs to be extracted The destination text defines what data is extracted from the segment and how the event element will be named They are defined as Source text HL7 segment ID as defined by the standard for example PID e Destination text lt description gt lt number of values ELEMENT TO EXTRACT Where e number of values number of ELEMENT TO EXTRACT occurrences that follows in this definition 06 March 2013 Ver 251 Installatio
16. If the device does not log in again within that time a Status Report is sent to the Fault Log 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Settings Advanced Configuration on the Configuration page 3 Under DECT Interface click Device Handling in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page 4 Click the device type that is desktop charger or charging rack to change settings for 5 Enter On line Status Report Time in minutes 6 To set the margin enter Status Log Delay Time in minutes 7 Click Activate 6 4 Online Status Report Time for Handsets in a Charging Unit It is possible to set how often a device type placed in a charging unit must log in in order to be considered on line This is called On line Status Report Time 06 March 2013 Ver 76 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN If the device has not logged in again within the On line Status Report Time it will be considered off line 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Settings Advanced Configuration on the Configuration page 3 Under DECT Interface click Device Handling in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page 4 Select device type to change settings for 5 Enter On line Status Report Time in minutes 6 Click Activate 6 5 Online Status Report Time for Fixed IP DECT Devices It is possible to set how often fixed IP DECT devices IP DECT Base Station and IP DECT Ga
17. Open Access App Specific UPAC 95 2008 01 11 17 56 39 Information Start of module component UPAC 172 20 10 95 Start of component UPAC 95 2008 01 11 17 56 38 All OK X No error UPAC 172 20 10 95 Figure 33 Example of a fault log in Unite CM 06 March 2013 Ver 61 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Symbols used in the Fault Log Symbol Description amp Active persistent fault x Persistent fault that has been handled x Reset message no fault exists To get more detailed information about the events it is possible to expand the log entries by clicking the Expand all entries link Single log entries can be expanded by clicking the individual symbol Block Repeated Faults If a Status Log is received repeatedly i e a Status Log with the same content and from the same Unite Address it can be blocked for a set period of time Repeated Status Logs can occur in the system for example if a Unite module sends Activity Logs to a Unite CM that has no license to handle Activity Logs Unite CM will discard all blocked Status Logs that are received during the set time i e if the timeout is set to 10 minutes and the Status Log is received once every minute every tenth Status Log will be stored in Unite CM No actions will be executed for the discarded Status Logs Unite CM keeps track of up to 100 different Status Logs and the timeout is set individually for each one of them Th
18. Primary Unite CM Secondary Unite CM Figure 102 Illustration of using a centralized equipment as network reference In Figure 88 both the primary Unite CM and the secondary Unite CM are using the IP PBX as network reference since it is centrally installed in the network NOTE The use of the network monitor function is optionalt but it is strongly recommended to use when the modules are connected to different switches If the function is disabled and the modules cannot communicate with each other both modules might become active since they consider that the other module has failed The result is that the one part of the system will write data to the primary Unite CM and the other part will write data to the secondary Unite CM This behaviour is called split brain behaviour 1 By setting the Network monitor IP address to 127 0 0 1 disables the function 06 March 2013 Ver 233 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Base Station Primary Unite CM Secondary Unite CM Figure 103 Illustration of a network where no network monitoring is required If the primary Unite CM and secondary Unite CM are connected to the same switch see Figure 89 no equipment for example an IP PBX is needed as network reference If the secondary Unite CM do not receive any response from the primary Unite CM the primary Unite CM has actually failed and the secondary Unite CM becomes active
19. absence The status of the handset will be shown in the Absence List See 15 4 1 Absence List on page 132 e The user of the handset put the handset in a charger The handset must in this case be configured to change to absence when it is put in charger Rack absence The status of the handset will be shown in the Absence List See 15 4 1 Absence List on page 132 e Unite CM can treat a handset as absent when the handset is offline even when manual absence or rack absence are not set in the handset See 15 4 3 Absence Status for Offline Devices on page 132 NOTE This feature requires that one and same Unite CM has device management and messaging enabled See 20 Messaging Administration on page 156 and 6 1 Device Management Setup on page 74 1 Offline means that the handset is out of range turned off or out of battery 06 March 2013 Ver 131 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 15 4 1 Absence List A list in Unite CM indicates which handsets that have reported absence status The handset only appears in the list when the user of the handset activates Manual absence or Rack absent NOTE A handset that is logged out turned off will not appear as absent in the list However the Unite CM can treat a handset as absent even when it is logged out turned off See 15 4 3 Absence Status for Offline Devices on page 132 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advan
20. e Data in sync The data in both modules are identical The system is redundant when this status is shown e Data out of sync The modules are not synchronized This is shown for example if the connection to the other module is lost When the system has become redundant the virtual IP address will be used by the Unite CM that currently is active 4 14 2 Connection of External Equipment via RS232 and S900 Interface Connection of external equipment using RS232 serial interface or S900 interface must be connected physically to both Unite CMs See B 6 R232 Cable Connections in a Redundant System on page 231 or C 1 System 900 A bus Connections in a Redundant System on page 232 for more information 4 14 3 Module Redundancy Test 1 Unplug the active module s power cord from the power source The standby module will now start up to become an active module which takes up to 60 seconds before all applications are up and running The Status LED flashes red BS BN I indicating that the system no longer is redundant since the connection to the primary module former active module is lost When the standby module has become active the Power LED changes to steady blue but the Status LED is unchanged as long the system is not redundant 06 March 2013 Ver 68 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 2 Enter the secondary module using the virtual IP address Note that Secondary is stated in the
21. e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALEDAC Duty and Event Assignment Clients see chapters 4 11 6 Duty Assignment on page 58 4 11 7 Action Assignment on page 58 e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 CI1ALEAMC Alarm Management Clients AMC s see chapter 4 11 5 Alarm Management Client AMC Management on page 56 A summary of extended configuration can be found in chapter 2 5 Optional Settings on page 12 1 3 4 Daily Operation Forthe daily operation i e creating and sending messages refer to chapter 19 Create and Send Messages on page 147 1 4 Included in the Delivery e kElise3 hardware including power cable FE3 C1AAAA amp FE3 C1ABAA comes with power plug for EU FE3 C1AAAB amp FE3 C1ABAB comes with power plug for UK USA amp Canada and Australia amp New Zealand e The getting started document Elise3 Embedded Linux Server including safety instructions NOTE The license certificate must be ordered separately 06 March 2013 Ver 8 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 1 5 Technical Solution Web based application Lewd Connectivity Paging E o e Manager ud T 3 i n Customer i om system Message Text displays Message External equipment Message Figure 1 Solution overview Besides the possibilit
22. for example Call IDs 93370 9379 can be written as 937 NOTE Wildcards are not supported by all systems 06 March 2013 Ver 175 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Message ID The Message ID is used to refer to previously sent messages for example to make the handset beep at each transmission of the message or to erase a previously sent message The same Message ID as when the message originally was sent has to be used The Message ID can be set manually by the user or automatically by NetPage NetPage sets the Message ID automatically if the parameter id is set to O or not specified If the number is generated manually it should be kept in the range 1 to 2147483647 NOTE NetPage does not check for conflicting manually set message IDs therefore manually set message IDs must be kept unique Conflicting message IDs will result in erroneous status reports among other problems Erase message A previously sent message can be erased with a new URL call Call ID Message ID and the parameter del should be included in the URL call This brings that the Message ID has to be set manually if a message should be able to erase later on The parameter del has to be given a value but the value has no meaning that is it can have any value The URL will look as follows http xxx xxx xxx xxx cgi bin npcgi no 1234 amp id 23 amp del 1 UTF8 encoded When NetPage is accessed from a cordless uni
23. if connected via IP Other messaging systems to send messages to optional e P address to mail server if fault information and Activity Logs are to be sent to e mail recipients optional e LDAP properties if an LDAP server is used as Central Phonebook directory optional 2 3 Accessing Unite CM 2 3 1 Getting Started When accessing Unite CM for the first time follow the instructions in the Elise3 Embedded Linux Server including safety instructions M0275130 enclosed in the delivery or the Installation Guide Elise3 TD 92679GB NOTE The IP address must not change during operation because renew of IP address via DHCP is not handled Other equipment connected to this product also expects a fixed IP address in some cases If the IP plan is changed this product must be restarted to update the IP address Otherwise the system will not function properly 1 LDAP version 3 LDAPv3 is supported 06 March 2013 Ver 10 Installation and Operation Manual nite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN U 2 4 Basic Configuration Steps Setup Wizard he A JA A Figure 2 The Setup Wizard The first time and as long as Unite CM is not configured the setup wizard will start automatically when logging on from a web browser It requires an admin or sysadmin password refer to 3 General on page 14 The content of the wizard is depending on the license It means that all configuration is not shown for all
24. to the Device Manager discovery disabled The charger logs out The charger is already saved Before connecting the immediately after login inthe Device Manager that advanced charger to the LAN and does not come online the administrator wants it to make sure that if the advanced again use The Advanced Charger charger is saved in the desired parameter in the desired Device Manager it has Device Manager is pointing to parameters that points to the another Device Manager correct Device Manager service discovery or IP address which causes the Delete the saved charger from charger to logout and connect the Device Manager before to another Device Manager connecting the charger to the after completed LAN synchronisation 06 March 2013 Ver 211 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Fault Probable cause Action or comment e The charger logs out The charger exists in two Delete the charger from the immediately after login Device Managers and is saved Device Manager where the and comes online again in both The parameters for charger should be The charger after a while just to logout the charger in Device now logs in after a short while again Manager 1 causes the charger Save the charger again Delete to login to Device Manager 2 the charger from the other The parameter for the charger Device Manager in Device Manager 2 causes the charger to login to Device Manager 1 The charge
25. v Discard changes zm Edit additional User settings such as giving a user a User ID and password for logging in or adding the user to a User Team T Diversion exists Diversion symbols EF Primary destination Secondary destination z KC Destination enabled 2b Add a condition Ezi Delete a condition destination 33 Absent diversion E Not reachable diversion E Out of range diversion Delete user 06 March 2013 Ver 156 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 20 1 1 View Users 1 Click Messaging gt Users in the menu on the Configuration page The Users page gives an overview of all users For each user Call IDs categories and diversion are shown Search Users You can search by last name first name or Call ID Then enter the first letter s or number s and click Search Users LastName D E a Users per page EJ 50 75 100 LastName 1ADEGILMN User 1 2 of 2 Number of users 25 10000 LastName FirstName Call ID Number Address Category bere hors CO Category Duck Daisy 1081 1081 DECT RJE Duck Donald 1080 1080 DECT Advanced Diversion LN Ed Add Advanced Add Figure 62 Search list of users where the last name begins with a D Change Users per page When the Users page opens it will always show 25 users per page The opened page can be changed and show 50 75 or 100 users per page by clicking the desired value in the upper right corner
26. 127 Default 3 timeouts ASCII conversion table Makes it possible to convert display message characters 06 March 2013 Ver 104 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 2 Click Activate 06 March 2013 Ver 105 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 10 Serial Interface Out NOTE Requires an additional license see 1 1 Licenses for Unite CM on page 1 The output serial interface makes it possible to send messages to external paging systems The output serial interface supports the ESPA 4 4 4 protocol and the TAP 1 8 protocol A description of cables for the connections are found in Appendix B RS232 Connections on page 228 10 1 Output Serial Protocol Settings Settings are configured from the Advanced Configuration page 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click a link for the protocol you want to use ESPA Out or TAP Out in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page 4 Continue in 10 1 1 ESPA Protocol Out or 10 1 2 TAP Protocol Out 10 1 1 ESPA Protocol Out The following settings can be selected changed Serial Communication The parameters that can be set in the ESPA Serial Communication Settings page are Settings Description Enabled The communication can be enabled or disabled If disabled the serial port is free to use for other purposes
27. 15 3 2 System Dependent Settings Which parameters that can be changed is dependent on the DECT Phone System that Unite CM is connected to BusinessPhone DCT1800 GAP DCT1800 S DCT1900 MD Evolution and Enterprise Mobility Node There are no system dependent features for these systems 06 March 2013 Ver 129 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN MX ONE MD110 Ascotel IntelliGate and OmniPCX Enterprise e P address Since the MX ONE MD110 Ascotel IntelliGate and MD Evolution is connected over the LAN the IP address of the MX ONE MD110 Ascotel IntelliGate or MD Evolution has to be entered Port Numbers Unite CM always uses port 1814 for communication with the MX ONE MD110 This port has to be defined in the MX ONE MD110 as well The MX ONE MD110 must be configured to use port 1815 when communicating with Unite CM The MX ONE MD110 must be configured to use port 1817 when communicating with a Unite CM configured with a mixed DECT system that uses encryption The default port for communication with Ascotel IntelliGate is 2775 NOTE If Unite CM replaces a 9dMMS check that other port numbers than the ones above are not used for the communication between the 9dMMS and the MX ONE MD110 IP DECT e DECT IP address Since the IP DECT Master is connected over the LAN the IP address of the IP DECT Master has to be entered e Secondary DECT IP address If two DECT systems are use
28. 4 See 22 2 Customize the User Interface GUI on page 170 for more information about the different GUI s 5 Click Activate Creating or Updating the Number list In the NetPage default GUI index html a number list can be accessed by clicking the Search button The number list can be created from either an uploaded CSV file or from the number plan used by Unite CM Before the number list can be used the entries have to be added The number list entries can be created from any CSV file using Microsoft Excel or any leading spreadsheet or relational database application NOTE The parameter Number list source must be set to File FTP area if number list shall be created from uploaded CSV file See 19 4 2 NetPage Configuration on page 151 06 March 2013 Ver 152 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN The CSV file is uploaded pasted with the Number list upload program included in NetPage as described below Number list upload Choose CSV file to upload Browse Sort order Second Column vi Upload file Figure 60 The page for uploading a new or updated CSV file 1 Create a CSV file with the following format First name 1 Surname 1 Telephone number 1 First name 2 Surname 2 Telephone number 2 2 Open the page http xxx xxx xxx xxx admin user uploadnrlist html Log on with user The default password is password The application shown in Figure
29. A bus Set parameter to No for transparent behaviour no conversion e Remove leading zeros in call number from bus Set this parameter to No if leading zeros in call number received from bus should be kept when sending to Unite Call number would for example be set to 0012 instead of 12 if number of digits is 4 in system 900 Send pagings with unknown paging functions to Unite Set parameter to Yes if this 900 interface shall send module status received from A bus to Unite as system status blocks This also means that this 900 interface will subscribe for module status from central unit if connected as slave Carrier addressing mode on UNITE Set this parameter to Full if system prefix should be kept for all call numbers handled from and to Unite e g 3AADD100 instead of 100 No prefix is in that case added when an address is received from Unite and sent to A bus No prefix is removed for addresses received from A bus and sent to Unite If mode is set to Filtered prefix is removed and only the call number is used when sending messages to and from Unite Transparent mode for generic data Set this parameter to Yes if this 900 interface should send unknown generic data received in a mobile to base block from A bus as mobile data on Unite Generic data will have the string GD as prefix i e generic data from A bus containing 01020501 will be sent as mobile data GD 01020501 on Unite With unknown generic data means
30. An ASCII table for numbers and characters is found in the Appendix C ASCII table on page 37 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the left menu in the Configuration page 3 Click ASCII in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Ascii Interface Receiving application TCP Serial ports HTTP client 4 Click Edit and specify application to receive data 5 Enter IP address Service in the Destination Address text field and click Activate 6 Configure the channel s connection s you want to receive data from external Systems See below 06 March 2013 Ver 109 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 11 1 1 TCP 1 Click a NOT USED link and configure following TCP parameters Setting Description Name Enter a name for this port TCP Port Enter port to receive data on Input Start Stop Is entered with a syntax code see 11 1 Syntax for ASCII character string Code Translation on page 109 Output Start Stop Is entered with a syntax code see 11 1 Syntax for ASCII character string Code Translation on page 109 End of Session as Disabled as default delimiter Restart data capture on Decides if the data capture shall restart when a start receiving Start Word character word is encountered Maximum Clients Amount of clients that can be connected at the same time Close connections Decides if the connection shall
31. Beep code 2beeps v Priority Normal Status on last message Message history Call ID Message text Absent Status Administrate _ascom Figure 74 NetPage default user interface index4 06 March 2013 Ver 172 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN The default NetPage user interface index html see figure 74 on page 172 opens from the start page by clicking Send Message In the NetPage folder on the FTP area on Unite CM there are four examples of the Netpage user interface index1 index2 index3 and index4 Index4 is a copy of the default NetPage user interface All NetPage functionality is included in the default user interface index but all parameters that can be configured in the example user interfaces index1 index2 and index3 are not shown The necessary code for viewing and configuring the hidden parameters is included but they are marked as comments to prevent the browser from interpreting them see Figure 76 and figure 77 on page 174 The default user interface can be exchanged with one of the example user interfaces shown in Figure 61 by saving the html file as index html and replacing the existing index html file Page NetPage Call ID gu o1 Call ID Ct Search Message z Message a E a Beep code ha Send J Beep code pa Priority Pa Seed 5 on isit mettage Bates on last message index1 index2 zi E P3 e A Figure 75 NetPage
32. Category on page 161 10 Used for receiving input notifications and to set physical outputs The destination to the service can for example be set via Advanced Event Handler configuration See 4 11 3 Event Handler on page 53 ECG Used to communicate with Cisco interface that is a gateway between the Unite messaging system and Cisco IP handsets The destination to the service can for example be configured via Messaging Category settings See 20 5 Add Messaging Category on page 161 06 March 2013 Ver 260 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Appendix M Multiple Event Handlers This section describes the message flow when an external Event Handler for example AMS or X Gate is connected to a Unite CM with Event Handler This solution can be used if you having an existing site and want to expand the site without having to upgrade the existing site See the example below for more information Site A old existing site Site B AMS X Gate Unite CM with Event Handler with Event Handler 3 1OO AMS EventHandler lt lt 2 1009 AMS EventHandler 1 100 IMS2 DECT 4 100 IMS2 DECT IMS2 Figure 120 Communication between two Event Handlers In Figure 120 the Event Handlers on each site are configured to manage different kind of alarm messages For example the Event Handler AMS
33. Charger 00013e0 1 3 11 RackCharger 3 1 10194928 d62 Protector 00013E1 232 i62 Protector 14 2 1001 i62 Protector 00013E1 232 i62 Protector 14 2 1003 i75 00013E1 2 3 2 i62 Protector 14 2 1002 0001361 2 3 5 i62 Protector 14 4 1234 0001361 2 3 5d i62 Protector 14 4 1004 0364708 3 2 22 d 2 Protector 25 56 0364708 3 2 22 d62 Protector 25 56 0364708 3 2 22 d 2 Protector 25 56 0364708 3 2 22 d62 Protector 25 56 0364708 3 2 22 d62 Protector 25 56 0364708 3 2 22 d62 Protector 25 56 00 01 3e Ascom i75 1 7 10 2 i75 5 9 00 01 3e Ascom i75 1 7 10 2 i75 5 9 Inn 01 3e hecom i25 1 7 10 2 i75 sa SSS SNSSS A description of Device Manager and how it is intended to be used is found in a separate document the User Manual Device Manager in Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92855EN 06 March 2013 Ver 73 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 6 Device Configuration 6 1 Device Management Setup This setting determines which Device Handler interface the devices shall logon to The Device Manager will then ask the interface for logged in devices meaning that the devices will appear in the Device Manager Example 1 IMS3 Unite CM 10 30 1 1 Device Manager cd V listening 127004 Or Device Handler 10 30 1 1 Interface Example 2 IMS3 Unite CM A 10 30 1 1 IMS3 Unite CM B 10 30 1 2 Device Manager I et es e
34. Configuration page 3 Select DA XML in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page The Import OA XML file opens 4 Click Browse and locate the file 5 Click Submit File New services are added to the OAP Interface Java Server list on the System Information page The Protocol version in the list shows the currently installed OA XML version Logging Logging information can be stored locally but can also be distributed to other modules or applications The System Activity Log can store activities such as messages alarms faults input output activities etc Activity logging is useful for troubleshooting 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click Logging under Other in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Log settings EH Status Log System Activity L View advanced parameters Figure 42 The Log settings page 4 Click Status Log System Activity Log or View Advanced parameters e Status Log and System Activity Log specifies the destinations for the logs n View advanced parameters the time for the error relay to release in case of status log failure is set Here it is also possible to enable the Extended Activity 06 March 2013 Ver 86 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Log which means that the start of an activity and any action between the start and stop
35. Days Monday v Tuesday v Wednesday v Thursday v Friday C Saturday Sunday Start Time Stop Time 08 00 17 00 3 Enter the following settings in the text fields Setting Description Work Shift Name Enter the name of the work shift Mode Select shift mode Time On Enabled regardless of time Off Disabled Days Which day s the shift shall be active Start Time When the shift shall start for example 08 00 Stop Time When the shift shall stop for example 17 00 4 Click Save 4 6 Import an ESS Backup File It is possible to transfer information from an ESS to a Unite CM by importing an ESS backup file The file can include users messaging categories groups devices teams and work shifts depending on the messaging configuration of the ESS The import of the backup file can for example be used if you want to replace the ESS with a Unite CM IMPORTANT When importing the ESS backup file the existing messaging configuration if any on the Unite CM will be overwritten Diversions included in the ESS configuration will not be imported to Unite CM NOTE Supported software versions of the ESS to import from is 2 30 8 3 3 A or later 06 March 2013 Ver 35 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 1 Select Messaging gt Import in the menu on the Configuration page 2 Click Browse and locate the ESS backup file Import messaging configuration from ESS backup file Brows
36. Default No Serial port Port selection 1 2 Default 2 Baud Rate Select Baud rate Default 9600 bits s Data Bits Number of data bits for this serial communication Default 8 Stop Bits Number of stop bits for this serial communication Default 1 Parity Parity to be used for this serial communication Default Even Hardware Flow Control Enables or disables hardware flow control Default Disabled 06 March 2013 Ver 106 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN ESPA Protocol The parameters that can be set in the ESPA Protocol Settings page are Settings Description Station Address of this The address that Unite CM has on the ESPA bus Interface Default 1 External Station Address The address that the remote device has on the ESPA bus Default 2 This Interface is the Control Select whether Unite CM is the ESPA bus master Station Default Yes Extra Carriage Return Select whether to add an extra carriage return Default No Polling During Idle Periods Only used if the device is the control station The remote device has to be polled before it is allowed to send data Normally polling is done continuously but some devices cannot handle this If the remote device cannot handle it set this option to No Do not set this parameter to No if the Status Mode parameter is set to Automatic Default Yes Status Mode Most ESPA devices will reply with status
37. Diversion Display Text When this parameter is enabled the text specified is added to the display message when a call diversion takes place The original Call ID can be included in the parameter text by writing a character where the Call ID shall be inserted Advanced parameters include e Extended Activity Log In addition to when a Unite block is delivered to a handset activity log information is also sent to the Log Viewer when the block is received by the DECT interface The extra information can only be displayed in Log Viewers that are updated continuously and if activity logs are configured in Unite CM This function should be used with care as it generates heavier network load For more information about extended activity logs see Function Description Activity Logging in Unite TD 92341GB Settime in DECT It is possible to set the time in DECT when the parameter is set to Yes It is only possible when DCT1800 GAP systems with CPU2 software is used If the parameter is set to Yes Unite CM sets the time in DECT on startup and on each day at the time set by the Time push time parameter e Priority Conversion Used to convert messaging priorities Alarm High Normal and Low This conversion is normally only used for compatibility with some PWT handsets and should never be enabled unless you are absolutely sure M update status handling e No of included 9dLD locations Only valid in combination with Ascom messaging system
38. GSM Modem interface license see chapter 13 SMS via GSM Modem on page 117 For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALESI1 Serial Interface input interface license see chapter 9 Serial Interface In on page 100 For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALESO External Carrier systems interface license see chapter 10 Serial Interface Out on page 106 e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALETD license see chapter 12 Text Displays on page 114 e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALEAL Activity Logging for 30 clients and XML export of Activity Log see chapter 23 6 Activity Logging on page 197 e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALEOAP Open Access Protocol OAPv4 see chapter 7 6 Open Access Protocol OAP on page 84 06 March 2013 Ver 7 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALCJVM Java Virtual Machine JVM see chapter 7 7 Java Server GSM on page 85 e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALEEH Advanced Event Handler see chapters 4 11 2 Action Handler on page 52 11 ASCII Interface on page 109 4 11 3 Event Handler on page 53 e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALEMG SMTP Mail Interface see chapter 14 SMTP Mail Interface on page 120
39. IP DECT multiple systems sssessssse 126 single system sssse 126 Device Manager devices automatic detection of devices 77 device handling sss 75 status report for charges 75 status report for handsets 76 Digit manipulation 96 F Firewalls sm ee ere Gat EL 208 L LDAP Parameter Setup sssssssssees 93 iazigq e ln i rae E 89 VCO COS sad cece het asin net sieh Gaetan ce hoya dE 1 LOOGING EMEN 86 M Message Distribution 130 138 146 N NetBlOS hoa tees Be eoe deco A 18 Netpage d ient tette edd 151 Network Settings sssssssssss 88 P Passwords password pollcy Leere 17 set password complexity 17 R REDOOt zu sss tetto e Nep tert Eee d 90 S Security NetBlOS ctc eret tees 18 Service discovery pias aiin 77 Setter ere teta ee estis E Ee 88 System 900 nee nero rte 139 T Tire Settinigs eet ere toten eerte oh 87 06 March 2013 Ver
40. System Supervision and Security on page 180 23 6 Activity Logging on page 197 logging for 1 client at the time Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALCU10 license adds users in quantities of 10 For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALCEC External Carrier systems interface license see chapters 10 Serial Interface Out on page 106 13 SMS via GSM Modem on page 117 12 Text Displays on page 114 e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALCAL Activity Logging for 30 clients and XML export of Activity Log see chapter 23 6 Activity Logging on page 197 logging for 30 clients e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALCOAP Open Access Protocol OAPv4 see chapter 7 6 Open Access Protocol OAP on page 84 e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALCJVM Java Virtual Machine JVM see chapter 7 7 Java Server GSM on page 85 e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALCEH Advanced Event Handler see chapters 4 11 2 Action Handler on page 52 11 ASCII Interface on page 109 4 11 3 Event Handler on page 53 e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALCMG SMTP Mail Interface see chapter 14 SMTP Mail Interface on page 120 06 March 2013 Ver 6 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager F
41. TCP Packets Fragmenting is when the IP protocol allows an IP packet to be broken apart into several smaller packets which then can be transmitted and reassembled at the final destination If the network has a MTU value lower than the default 1500 bytes packets will be dropped if not fragmenting is allowed If fragmentation is allowed in the network the parameter needs to be enabled in Unite CM 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Settings Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Select IP Ports under Security in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page 4 Select Enabled in the Fragmented TCP packets Caution advised drop down list 5 Click Activate 3 6 Demonstration Mode Demonstration Mode makes it possible to run Unite CM for two hours with almost full functionality of the application Limitations In Device Management File Download and Baseline will be deactivated 06 March 2013 Ver 18 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN The Demonstration Mode can be set from the application s Configuration page or manually by using the Mode button The module will automatically return to previous license and parameters without restart after 2 hours Demonstration Mode is indicated by the Status LED with yellow slow flashing light If any application encounters problems during Demonstration Mode the Status LED will however show red slow
42. Unite CM 10 30 11 Figure 56 Two way paging system 06 March 2013 Ver Destination 1for unknown paging confirmations set to T980RI Fixed Receiver 140 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN In Figure 56 the Receiver Interface is connected directly to the A bus of the Unite CM on the receiving area In a system where it is required that a user of a handset manually shall acknowledge of a paging the Unite CM on the receiver area must distribute the acknowledgment to the Unite CM on the transmitter area where also the Central Unit is located In this solution the basic parameters are as follows Receiver Interface Number of modules to receive alarms is set to 1 NOTE This parameter is set in the PCPAR application see General Description PCPAR TD 90799GB Unite CM on the Receiver area Bus operating mode is set to Abus without central unit Prefix and call number range is set to the same prefix as in the Central Unit Destination 1 for unknown paging confirmations is set to the Unite address of the Central Unit for example 10 30 1 2 S900 00 The corresponding destination for alarm locations etc received from the System 900 is set under Message Distribution Unite CM on the Transmitter area Bus operating mode is set to Abus with central unit Prefix and call number range is set to the same prefix
43. View Groups 1 Click Messaging gt Groups in the menu on the Configuration page Groups Create new Group ID Multicast Group ID Broadcast ID Number of small groups 2 500 Number of large groups 0 50 Type Call ID Description amp 1234 tal PX BE 333 yx Y 8000 EX Figure 64 The Groups page The Groups page gives an overview of set up groups For each group Call IDs and additional Description is shown 20 2 2 Edit Group To edit a group In the Groups page click the 57 icon for the corresponding group 20 2 3 Delete Group 1 Click Messaging gt Groups in the menu on the Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 158 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 2 Click the X icon to the right of the group you want to delete 20 3 User Teams For adding a user to a User Team and creating a User Team see chapter Add Members to a User Team on page 34 and 4 4 Create User Teams on page 34 Symbols used in User Teams Symbol Description Edit the User Team Et View all members included in the User Team Delete the User Team 20 3 1 Show Members of a User Team 1 Click Messaging Teams in the menu on the Configuration page User Teams Authorisation Messaging Log View Administration User Teams default G Disney team GF xX Test GP x Testteam GP GB X Figure 65 The Authorisation page for User Teams 2 Click the Ee symbol to the right of a User Team
44. a reminder A separate Alarm Action is required if a different beep code is desired Actions Activate Output Action and Send Message Actions Alarm Action Name Cold storage room oper Notes Triggers Select trigger type and click Add Several triggers of the same type can be added Input Trigger Input Action Repetition Max No of P Time s Repetitions Cold storage door open 60 fo x Cold storage doorstillopen 60 lo x Add Actions Select type of action and click Add Several actions can be added Output action wj Activate Output Output Duration s Cold storage lamp 3600 x Send Message Call ID Message Text Beep Code Priority pa Haia 2beeps w Noma w X Request confirmation C N Figure 110 Alarm Action Cold storage room open For Activate Output Action the duration is here set to max value 3600 06 March 2013 Ver 242 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Cold storage room 1 door open very long The Input Trigger Cold storage room door open very long is used Alarm Action Name Ca d stomge mom dooropen very engl Notes Triggers Select trigger type and click AJJ Several triggers of ine same type can be 20080 Input Trigger Max No of input Repetition Time s Cald storage door open very long i eo b x Actions Select type
45. a List with all Registered VoWiFi handset The list with all registered WLAN Portables can be exported to a comma separated file 1 Click the Export Result button 2 Select Save Enter a file name and the location where the file shall be stored and click Save Remove IP Address force a Relogin or Delete a VoWiFi handset 1 Select the handset s check box in the search result list see Figure 29 2 Click Remove IP Address Force Relogin or Delete Selected Remove IP Address Can be used to refresh the address of a handset Force Relogin Can be used to check the connection with a handset Delete Selected Can be used to remove numbers not in use Show Details Click the Ed icon in the list see figure 34 on page 63 All details of the chosen handset are viewed Details Force Relogin Address Number IP Address Current status 2605 172 20 15 183 Available Hardware ID Last login Manual Absent 00 01 3e 10 06 4a 2008 05 09 13 31 41 Off Figure 35 Handset details Change Absent Status It is possible to change the Manual Absent status on the WLAN Portables pages 1 View all VoWiFi handsets refer to View all Registered VoWiFi Handsets on page 63 2 Click the icon to view handset details see Show Details above 3 Select on off in the Manual Absent drop down list see Figure 35 NOTE When absence is not set in the handset that is offlinet it is possible to let the Unite CM treat an offline handset as
46. address of the Unite module connected to the A bus the OM s module address on the A bus and the output number The initial state can be set to high or low For more information refer to the hardware Installation Guide Elise3 TD 92679GB 4 8 2 Define Output 1 Click Other gt Input Output Outputs ID Output Name Module Address Output Inactive Initial State 1 127 0 0 1 Internal 1 2 127 0 0 1 Internal 2 5 127001 Low v x 2 Click Define new output 3 Enter a unique Output Name 4 Enter IP address of the module connected to the A bus Normally loopback to localhost that is the IP address is set to 127 0 0 1 but if the A bus is connected to another Unite module its IP address is set here 5 Enter the Output Module s whose output should be activated module address on the A bus 6 Enter Output number 7 Select Initial State and click Save 1 Every module that is connected to the A bus has a two digit hexadecimal address that is set with a DIP switch 06 March 2013 Ver 41 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 8 3 Define Inputs Inputs ID Input Name Module Address Input Activation amenn 1 Internat Input 1 1270 01 Internal 1 On Opening x 2 Internal Input 2 1270 01 Internal 2 On Opening x 3 TestAM input 27001 01 1 On Opening x 4 Prodline 2problem 127001 12 3 On Opening v x 5 Prodline2OK 127001 ji2 2 j On
47. an additional license is required for the Unite CM Enterprise license The input serial interface makes it possible to receive pagings from external equipment and send them to handsets in the system Note that the handset must be defined as a messaging user refer to 4 1 Add Users to Unite CM on page 20 The serial interface supports the ESPA 4 4 4 protocol and two ESPA dialects the Ascom dialect teleCOURIER and Ericsson dialect with some limitations The serial interface also supports the TAP 1 8 protocol and a simplified protocol called the Ascom Line protocol A detailed description of the two ESPA dialects and the Ascom Line protocol can be found in the document Protocol Serial Data Interface S942SI TD 92088GB TAP Telocator Alphanumeric Protocol is a paging protocol used to transmit up to a thousand 7 bit characters to an alphanumeric pager For limitations in the three protocols refer to Appendix J Cables for the connections are found in Appendix B RS232 Connections on page 228 9 1 Serial Protocol Settings Basic protocol settings are configured in the Setup Wizard Detailed and more advanced settings can be configured from the Advanced Configuration page 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Select Serial Interface in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Serial Interface inbound ESPA Ej NoTusep NOT USED Set
48. and 18 2 System 900 Message Distribution on page 146 7 7 Java Server GSM NOTE Requires an additional license Open Access Java makes it possible to communicate with an Ascom messaging system as well as between an external application and an Ascom messaging system by using a Java application The Java application will run in an embedded environment and act as an interface between an external system and Ascom systems The Java interface is defined by the OA XML protocol New services can be added by importing new OA XML files see 7 8 Importing new OA XML file on page 86 The Unite CM is at delivery supplied with a preinstalled GSM SMS application but other applications can be developed and executed on the Unite CM refer to Programming Guide Open Java Server OJS TD 92230GB IMPORTANT Itis not possible to upload and run a java application on the Unite CM if the GSM interface is used 7 7 1 Upload an Application to Unite CM The application should be uploaded to the Unite CM FTP area 1 Log on to Unite CM with an FTP client Note that how to log on can differ between different FTP clients Default username is ftpuser and default password is changemetoo XXX XXX XXX XXX is the host name Examples e Windows Explorer fill in ftp username password a ooxooocxxx xxx in the address field e Firefox fill in ftp xXxx xxx xxx xxx in the address field and log on with username and password 2 Upload the ap
49. and Glassaryass tt tt RR CE RUEDA Eee UR D 5 1 3 How to Use this Document sssssssseseseseeeeeene tenete tenete tenente tenente 6 1 4 Included n the DellVeryis c ete t eee tec t nli E 8 4 5 Techtriical SOlutiOns cec e Re RC e Roo des 9 1 6 ReqUiFerie hits s 5er cei t e RU bL Ets sawed tet cet teme 9 2 Installation and Configuration steps cene eere eee eene eene eene ense tn et tn esten tnaeo 10 2 1 Cables and Adapters 2 2 Information required for the Setup 2 3 Accessing Unite EM etica 10 2 4 Basic Configuration Steps ettet petite eerte eei be oreet 11 2 5 Optional Settings etc e Det de e PR nto E Hte Eee S 12 3 General 14 3 1 Graphical User Interfaces GUIS ae e te a ets 14 3 2 Authentication Levels and Default Passwords seen 16 3 3 PassWord Settiligs u iet De E ie ER IE AER S oca et doH 17 3 4 Disable the NetBIOS Service soe RERO RR tend 18 3 5 Allow Fragmented TCP Packets ettet recte ertt 18 3 6 Demonstration Mode sese n PER Ie e eie oen 18 3 7 Message Routing Description a iecerttt tete eee hebes treo 19 4 Basic Configuration cereo ette eee eee pe eee ae e ete p beoe peso aseo ve Suspe sesoses stasies 20 4 1 Add Users to Unite CM eese retener terrere tenente tenerent 20 4 2 Additional USerSettlngs pete prid gre er ret ie ipse edet 23 4 3 Create Groups eme teet be e e ERR EUNT I UR REY TORRE ne
50. and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Diversion permitted for Yes Group messages will be delivered as any other included members messages No No diversion will be made for group messages Add Members to the Group 5 Add members handsets to the group in the Member Administration section either by A adding members one by one or B search for members to add NOTE The members of a Group must either have been defined as messaging user Messaging gt Users in your Unite CM or defined as messaging user in another Unite CM that holds the Call ID In the latter case your Unite CM must be connected to the other Unite CM in order to find the corresponding Call ID when needed that is in a multi site number plan solution If the connection to the other Unite CM is lost when you adding the Call ID an error message with the missing Call IDs is displayed when trying to save the group Only save the group if you are sure that the other Unite CM will be connected later on A Adding members one by one 1 Click the Add Member button and enter the first Call ID When adding a Call ID Unite CM checks if the Call ID is defined as messaging user 2 Select if you want the next row to be Empty default to copy previous Call ID or increment previous Call ID by choosing an option button Click Add Member 4 Enter the next Call ID B Search for members to add 1 Click the Call ID Search button 2 Enter
51. are also sent to the Log Viewer 5 In the selected log page enter settings 6 Click Activate 7 10 Time Settings It is possible to select where to fetch the time from such as a web browser or a time server 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click Settings under Time in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Time settings Time source Web browser ix Time server address 0 0 0 0 Fault log No V Time zone GMT 01 00 Amsterdam Berlin Rome Stockholm Auto DST adjust Yes w Date format YYYY MM DD Date separator v Time Format HH MM SS Time push time HH MM 00 00 Ej EH EI EE EI Er EHI EI EI E z Only valid when Time server is selected Setup System 900 time Figure 43 The Time Settings page 4 The following settings can be selected changed Some of these parameters can also be set in the setup wizard Settings Description Time source Where to fetch the time A bus web browser or NTP server Time server address IP address to NTP server Fault log Create fault log for time server faults Time zone Current time zone Auto DST adjust Automatic adjustment for daylight saving time Date format Which date format to use Date separator Which character to use to separate the date fields Time Format Which time format to use Time push time When to upda
52. base location in alarm and location block from Unite can be used as location in alarm block to 900 system This parameter makes it possible to ignore the 9d base location if any signpost location exist Use manual location type in location block Manual location data received in an alarm block from A bus is set as location type 5 in the location block when sent to Unite when this parameter is set Unset if manual location from A bus shall not be sent as an location type The manual location data is always set as Data when converting A bus alarm block to Unite Block time for additional transmissions from same handset Additional alarms and or messages with mobile data from A bus can be blocked for a short time to avoid that a duplicate of the same alarm or mobile data transmission i e from same transmitter is sent to Unite This parameter is useful if more than one 06 March 2013 Ver 143 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Receiver Interface can send messages from handset to the 900 interface Time in seconds e Convert and in mobile data The and characters sent from 922 handset in mobile data is sent as B and C characters on A bus This parameter defines if the B and C characters received from A bus should be sent as and on Unite It also means that and characters received from Unite in user key data is sent as B and C in the RI status block sent on
53. be closed or stay open until initiated by this the server shuts down after data has been sent Set to No module if a reply is expected Responses to unknown Decides what to do when replying to no longer existing connection connections Create new will use the supplied IP address and port Use existing will use an existing connection to that IP address and port If no such connection exists a new connection will be created Character encoding of Defines how external data shall be interpreted external data Internal data format Defines how data is formatted when sent to Unite Message to Unite when The message defined here is sent before any data is received new connection is on the new connection established Message to Unite when The message defined here is sent after all other data has connection is been sent disconnected Message from Unite to When the message defined here is received it will close the disconnect connection connection 2 Click Activate 06 March 2013 Ver 110 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 11 1 2 UDP 1 Click a NOT USED link and configure following UDP parameters Settings Description Name Enter a name for this port UDP Port Enter port to receive data on Character encoding of external data Defines how external data shall be interpreted Internal data format Defines how data is formatted when sent to Unite Remote IP address Spe
54. characters 2 Click Activate 9 1 2 Ascom Line Protocol 1 The following settings can be selected changed Settings Description Enabled Yes No selection Default No Name Description of the channel 06 March 2013 Ver 102 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Serial port Bit rate Mode Flow control Default Call ID IP Address of Event Handler Default display message Default message priority Default beep code Transmission delay x10 ms Status to ext equipment Start character End character Record separator character ACK character NAK character ASCII conversion table Port selection 1 2 Default None Port 2 will be selected when set from the Wizard but both ports can be configured here Note that only one port at the time can be used Select bit rate Default 9600 bits s Select mode Default 8 Data bits Even parity Used for handshaking control Default None Number to call if not specified in the external equipment Default 000 A paging received via this serial interface will override the number plan and be sent directly to the Event Handler specified here Message to display if not specified in the external equipment Default BLANK Priority if not specified in the external equipment Default 7 Normal Beep code if not specified in the external equipment Default 2 beeps How long to wait before transmi
55. characters are supported Besides messages it is also possible to activate outputs on Unite CM or modules connected to the A bus There are two ways of configure triggers and actions The Basic Alarm Manager BAM can be used for the most common triggers actions see 4 10 Basic Alarm Manager on page 45 If you want to configure other triggers actions that are not included in the BAM you can program own triggers actions by using the Event Handler see 4 11 Advanced Event Handling on page 51 Unite Connectivity Manager Alarm Handling 900 O DECT WLAN Interface Handler Interface Interface A A bus i Inputs Outputs Output module AMC me Alarm Management Client Activate v GO Output Input Activate else em Q T Activity Output Cordless Telephone YS Alarm module IU Ecce A I Suv A I i VoWiFi Input _ System Activity RQ rn za 027 Figure 17 Communication flow for the Alarm Handling and external systems 06 March 2013 Ver 0 A Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 9 1 Nomenclature Alarm action An alarm action consists of trigger conditions that leads to an action For example sending a message to a handset in the system and or activating an output One alarm action can consist of several triggers an
56. created from the NetPage and are not to be mistaken for the groups created from the Configuration page in Unite CM This functionality is only accessible 1 Offline means that the handset is logged out out of range turned off or out of battery 06 March 2013 Ver 149 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN from index4 see figure 78 on page 177 My Groups are stored locally and can only be accessed or changed from the PC where they are stored There is a limited storage area This means that for groups with approximately 20 characters name and Call ID the following applies Amount of Groups Group Members 10 19 15 7 20 2 19 3 1 Create Groups ick My groups button in NetPage ick Add group nter aname for the group in the Name text field B WN e roup or enter number in the Call ID text field and click Add uw ick Save C C E Click the To button and select users from the phonebook to be members of this C C ick Close to exit the administration 19 3 2 Edit Groups Click My groups button in NetPage Click the group that should be changed Make changes and click Save B WN e Click Close to exit the administration 19 4 Additional Messaging Configuration NOTE Requires admin or sysadmin password see chapter 3 General on page 14 The operation of the messaging tools is described in 19 1 Crea
57. device by using its number address In that case no message is sent to the main device 1 Click Messaging gt Users in the menu on the Configuration page 2 Click the gS symbol to the right of the user 3 Click the Show hide advanced settings button on the User Setup page 1 Click Add new Add Device The users Call ID will not function correctly until at least one device has been added Description Number Address Category gt Central Phonebook 2 Enter data in the text fields Setting Description Number Address The phone number or the personal address within selected category Category The messaging system to which the handset belongs defined in the Setup Wizard Updating or adding messaging systems is done in Messaging gt Categories 3 Click Save 06 March 2013 Ver 29 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 3 Create Groups Groups for the complete system are administrated in one place The overview page gives a list of all group numbers that exist in the system Groups make it possible to send one message to several handsets in the system Three different kind of group IDs can be set up e Group ID Each member in this group will receive a separate message which means that if it is a large group it will take some time before the message has reached all members Used for small groups up to 10 members and groups where delivery control is needed e
58. editing of existing users If user information in Unite CM needs to be edited it must be done manually in the user interface 4 2 Additional User Settings Additional user settings are set on the User Setup page This page is reached by clicking the 8 symbol to the right of an existing user or by clicking the Advanced Add button for a new user 1 Click Users amp Groups on the start page 2 Select Messaging gt Users in the menu on the Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 23 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 Open the User Setup page by clicking the 8 symbol to the right of an existing user or by clicking the Advanced Add button for a new user User Setup User Setup Complete name and title for this user First Name Last Name Title ES _ L Call ID Call ID number that is used when sending messages to the user Call ID Number Address Category select category v User Account Fill in User ID and password to be used for signing in and administrating duty assignments User ID Password Confirm Password User Teams Select which User Teams this user should be a member of Available Member of Disney team o Test Testteam Diversion Set up diversion rules for this user Divert to Number Address Interface selectcategory 4 Enter Edit following settings Name Call ID Number Address and Category are already set for an existi
59. everything that is not alarm or mobile data from portable Generic data in paging will also be handled If the body part of a paging text begins with prefix GD the 900 interface will remove the prefix and set remaining text as paging text when sending the paging to A bus The paging function will be set to 12 Generic data block from base Destination for unknown paging confirmations This parameter defines a Unite destination i e IP address Service ModuleAddress to which the 900 interface will send any received manual acknowledge from bus that does not match a previous sent paging If a Rl module is connected to a 900 interface running as master on bus RI module will send manual acknowledge from mobiles to the 900 interface If the 900 interface can not find a previous sent paging with matching running number in queue it can distribute this confirmation to another 900 interface that sends it on A bus to the module address specified by the unite address after the char It is usually address 00 a central unit that shall receive the manual acknowledge Central unit will then send it to paging origin module on bus Automatically send alarm acknowledge Set this parameter to Yes if this 900 interface shall send alarm acknowledge message to portables that request acknowledge for an alarm Prox900 will then send alarm acknowledge when another application on Unite has accepted the alarm Set parameter to No if the receiving appl
60. flashing light instead The Mode button LED shows blue fixed light From the application s Configuration page Click Configuration on the start page Select Other Demonstration Mode in the menu on the Configuration page Click Activate e WN FP Exiting before the 2 hours have passed is done by clicking Deactivate Using the Mode button 1 Press and hold the Mode button for 10 seconds 3 7 Message Routing Description The UNS supports message routing consisting of a set of rules that make it possible to do the following e Divert a message to other systems users when for example the origin user is absent or out of range A user can have more than one diversion condition connected to the Call ID This makes it possible for the user to be reached in many systems and minimizes the risk of losing a message when being out of range in one system See 4 2 Additional User Settings on page 23 for configuration example and also Function Description Number Planning and Message Routing in Unite TD 92254GB Forward a message to a user located in another number plan site if his her Call ID is not found in the local number plan See 7 2 UNS User Server on page 79 and also Function Description Number Planning and Message Routing in Unite TD 92254GB Number Plan in UNS The number plan translates Call IDs to Unite destination addresses Every Call ID corresponds to a Number Address for example a handset s call number or an e mail a
61. from callid f 5beeos Hich vx e Request confirmation Cancel Figure 107 Alarm trigger setup 06 March 2013 Ver 239 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Activate Actions Two different actions are setup a siren and messages sent to other handsets Actions Select type of action and click Add Several actions can be added Message action vw Add Activate Output Output Duration s Siren x 3600 x Send Message Call ID Melilage Text 1441 RR Alarm from callId ia Request confirmation C 1442 al Alarm from callId fi Request confirmation 1443 al Alarm from callId 8 Request confirmation Figure 108 Activated Alarm Actions For Output Action Siren the value is set to max value 3600 06 March 2013 Ver Beep Code Priority 5 beeps High vx 5 beeps High vx 5beeps High vx 240 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Alarm cancellation For handset 1440 Alarm cancellation is setup with a Data Trigger with an Alarm with duration of 1 second Alarm Action Name Alarm cancellation Notes Triggers Select trigger type and click Add Several triggers of the same type can be added Data Trigger Data Number 1440 x Add Actions Select type of action and click Add Several ac
62. handle messages sent to a user that is unreachable Messages can be diverted with direct addressing or by using the Number Plan for address look up When direct addressing is used the call address in the diversion condition does not have to be defined in the Number Plan The category must however always be defined in the Number Plan Divert to Number Address Enter a number or a personal address to divert messages to Interface The messaging system to which the handset belongs defined in the Setup Wizard Diversion Set up diversion rules for this user Divert to Number Address Interface 1081 DECT 5 Click Save 4 2 1 Advanced Diversion Advanced diversions can be modified to only divert messages when the handset is reported absent out of range or not reachable and dependent on work shift Messages will then be sent to the specified number address during the selected work shift only Setting up Advanced Diversion will replace any existing simple diversion for the user Advanced diversion can be set up for a user by clicking the symbol for the user in the Users page 1 Click Messaging gt Users in the menu on the Configuration page 2 Click the 3 symbol to the right of the user 06 March 2013 Ver 25 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 Click the Advanced diversion button on the User Setup page Setup diversion for 1080 Database utilization 0 2 Diversion E 52 1
63. mark html text as comments i e hide it For comments included in the JavaScript code the comment mark is used see Figure 77 Text written after the comment mark in the same line is not interpreted by the web browser function sendform 1 addCallNo document testform callno value CDE the user forgot to press add tmplist document testform callnolist Figure 77 Example on comments in a JavaScript Buttons for example the To button that opens the NetPage phonebook can also be hidden directly in the code To do this insert hidden double quotation marks both before and after hidden as input type as follows document write input type button value 06 March 2013 Ver 174 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN will become document write lt input type hidden value NOTE To change the default user interface index4 it is necessary to open and change one or more of the files send html receive html and admin html NOTE If changes to the phonebook access To button beep codes or priority settings are made it is also necessary to change the files editpagtext html and leditpagtext html to get a consistent user interface 22 2 5 Creating a URL Call It is also possible to send messages with hypertext links This is useful in two ways It makes it possible to open NetPage with some fields already filled in and to create buttons o
64. messages automatically If the remote device does not automatically send status messages this parameter should be set to Request Do not set this parameter to Automatic if Polling During Idle Periods is set to No Default Automatic Delay Period for Retry If the remote device cannot accept a message there 0 10 000 ms is a delay period before retrying to transmit the message Default 1 000 ms Max Number of Active Pagings Sets the maximum number of pagings that will be put in the queue of the remote device Some devices may not be able to handle too many pagings simultaneously which might result in lost status responses Default 1 ESPA Message Creation The parameters that can be set in the ESPA Message Creation Settings page are Settings Description Number of digits in Call The number of digits that a pager call number has in Address the ESPA system Default 3 Usage of Number of Digits Select what to do when the destination address of a message does not comply with the Number of digits in Call Address parameter Default Log warning Number of Transmissions The number of transmissions is a value that is transferred to the remote ESPA device It indicates how many times the remote device will transmit the message to its destination Default 2 06 March 2013 Ver 107 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Test Source for Message Normally the Unite paging subj
65. module redundancy has been activated you must not remove the SD memory cards since the modules will use these as data storage instead of the internal flash memory The Unite CM will continue to use the SD memory card as data storage even if the module redundancy is deactivated When the data has been copied the primary Unite CM sends configuration settings to the secondary Unite CM that in turn reboots to apply the settings After the reboot the data will be synchronized with the secondary Unite CM s SD memory card It can take up to one hour to synchronize all data to a SD memory card with 1 GB capacity the first time During this time the primary Unite CM is fully operational The LEDs on each Unite CM indicate the status of the synchronization Status LED Power LED Active module during Red Blue synchronization Synchronized active module Blue Status LED Power LED Standby module Yellow Blue during synchronization Synchronized standby module PY Blue m m m Figure 36 LEDs showing the status of synchronization It is also possible to view the synchronization status via the GUI see Figure 37 and figure 38 on page 68 Use the virtual IP address to access the active module and the static IP address to access the standby module Y WLAN Portables Y Software Y Other Hardware type Data Storage Redundancy Sync Status MAC Address Host Name IP Address Service Discovery Domain NTP Server Time Uptime U
66. of action ang click Agg Severs actions can be added Messagescion a ea Activate Output Output Duration s Se 3800 x Send Message cani Message Text Bsp Code Priority 1440 input Deace zs S Hih vx Request contirmation C 1441 inpetDesce toe Noma ax Request confirmation C 1442 inpetDesc fo wi Noma ax Request contirmation C 1443 inpetDesce ste Nome x x Request contrmaton C Figure 111 Cold storage room 1 door open very long When the door has been open for 15 minutes 900 seconds the message is sent to all handsets and the siren starts to sound The duration is set to max value 3600 and will sound until expired or another action is started with shorter expire time for example Cold storage room closed 06 March 2013 Ver 243 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Cold storage room door closed Fi Alarm Action V Messaging Name Ph Cold storage room dosed Alarm amp Events Notes Y Fault Handling Tri V Supervision Y Activity Log Select tngger type and click Add Several tnggers of the same type can be added V Status Input Trigger Y WLAN Portables V Software Input rye Eas Max No of Repetitions Cold storaae door closed 60 I 0 x Actions Select type of action and click Add Several actions can be added Output action x Activate Output Output Duration s Siren vii Jx Cold stora
67. of pagings e Convert speech paging from bus to standard paging This parameter defines if a speech or MTM paging received from A bus shall be distributed to Unite as a call setup or as a standard paging Speech and MTM pagings from A bus can normally only be handled by system 900 pagers with speech capacity e g 922 portables A speech or MTM paging from A bus should therefore only be sent as call setup if it shall be sent back to A bus via another system 900 interface e Application sets running number An application that sends messages to system 900 interface can determine what running number to use on A bus This is done by setting Message ID to wanted running number This works for pagings erase pagings and speech pagings received from Unite if the Unite address of the sending application is set in this parameter i e 172 20 13 124 EventHandler Message ID s in messages from other applications will not be used as running number i e the central unit sets running number default 06 March 2013 Ver 145 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 18 2 System 900 Message Distribution The 900 Interface has distribution lists that define where incoming data from the handsets in the System 900 and the System 900 modules should be sent The receivers are addressed in the same way as for the DECT or WLAN Interface that is described in Installation Guide Elise3 TD 92679GB 1 Click Configurati
68. on page 6 Alarm Handling alarm actions can be set type of trigger and what action to take Refer to chapter 4 9 Alarm Handling on page 44 and 4 11 Advanced Event Handling on page 51 e Fault Handling actions on an incoming fault can be set Possible actions are output activation sending a message sending a fault notification via SNMP Trap or via E mail The actions start depending on trigger conditions Refer to chapter 23 5 Fault Handling on page 191 e Survey System other Unite modules in the system can be surveyed Refer to chapter 23 1 1 System Survey on page 180 Supervision makes it possible to supervise the system Refer to chapter 23 System Supervision and Security on page 180 e Activity Logging incoming activities can be filtered and stored The logs can be manually and automatically exported for future analysis Refer to chapter 23 6 Activity Logging on page 197 e Status information about the site and information about supervised modules and equipment can be exported for troubleshooting purposes Refer to chapter 4 13 Status on page 59 Set Language the user interface language can be translated refer to chapter 22 1 Customize the Language on page 167 Input Output setup makes it possible to define inputs for example a switch or button and outputs for example to turn on a siren or to close a door Inputs can be used as trigger conditions and outputs can be used as actions Refer to
69. on the Advanced Configuration page To be able to change this setting the Confirmation Mode on the module must be set Size of FTP area MB Fill in required size between 5 150 MB and click Activate Press the mode button on the module This is a secured setting so you will be prompt to confirm the change by pressing the mode button Click Activate to save the changes Click the mode button to return to normal mode immediately or wait 10 minutes for the module to return automatically Any secured setting can be activated within the 10 minutes period The module needs to be restarted for the changes to take effect 22 2 2 Files for Translation Editing 1 Log on to Unite CM with an FTP client Note that how to log on can differ between different FTP clients Default username is ftpuser and default password is changemetoo XXX XXX XXX XXX is the host name Examples e Windows Explorer fill in ftp username password a ooxooxxx xxx in the address field e Firefox fill in ftp xxxooxoooc xxx in the address field and log on with username and password The files located in the Start page and Netpage folders including GIFs and CSS can be downloaded copied to a folder on your hard disc 3 ftp 10 30 4 100 Back Search Folders X ss Folder Sync i Pas D s ftp j 10 30 4 100 Jr E Name Size Type Modified Sdlient File Folder 04 05 2011 11 58 Other Pl
70. one UNS all other UNSs in the system must also have a prefix Enter the IP address of the UNS that shall receive the requests in the IP address of forwarding destination UNS text field NOTE Leave empty if the UNS shall act as stand alone module Click Activate Continue and change the User Server settings if the Operating Mode was set to Forwarding 7 2 2 User Server Settings If the local number plan UNS should not be used the Unite CM must forward the request to another User Server that holds the number plan NOTE This setting is only applicable if the Operating Mode is set to Forwarding see 7 2 1 UNS Settings Click Configuration on the start page Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 1 Any characters max 10 can be entered 06 March 2013 Ver 80 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 Click User Server under Other on the Advanced Configuration page User Server NOTE It is important to set UNS E Operating Mode to Forwarding and IP address of forward destination UNS to same IP address as for the User Server when parameter below is not empty Messaging may stop working otherwise View UNS parameters User Server IP address EE Cd 4 Enter the IP address of the User Server and click Activate The IP address must be the same as the IP address entered in IP address of forwarding destination UNS te
71. responses from all members before deciding the action to be a failure Report status Set to Yes if status for all actions sent from the Action Handler shall be reported back to the Event Handler 6 Click Activate 06 March 2013 Ver 52 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Priority lt gt Indication mapping Action Handler Priority Settings for priority Alarm Previous Interval time seconds 10 Number of indications Reminder session minutes Reminder attention seconds Colour Beep code BHHEHBHHH Forced sound indication activate 1 For each priority Alarm High Normal and Low the following parameters can be set Settings Description Interval time Determines the time to be elapsed between each repetition of seconds the indication Number of indications How many times the indication shall be repeated Reminder session Determines the time to be elapsed between each indication minutes before a reminder of the indication is sent to the device The reminder will only work if the message has not been deleted in the device Reminder attention Time between indications before message is selected Colour Determines which color coding messages with this priority shall have Beep code Determines which default beep code messages with this priority shall have The setting might be overridden in the individual messages defined in Action Configurat
72. server address 192 168 0 1 PPP client address 192 168 0 2 Activate 2 Set up the connection parameters and click Activate Open ports T Click Edit for Open Ports in the Remote Management Server page to open any additional ports that are needed for configuration tools This is a secured setting and before it can be activated it must manually be confirmed by pressing the mode button on the module 06 March 2013 Ver 82 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN To be able to change this setting the Confirmation Mode on the module must be set Open ports For WinBK CSM and TIP port 10101 has to be open To be able to use the Activity Log Viewer over a remote connection port 10130 has to be open 2 Set up the port parameters and click Activate Serial port channel 1 Click one of the NOT USED links for Serial port channel in the Remote Management Server page to set up a new channel Serial port channel Name IP address Remote Serial port Baud rate Parity Notes BEEBEE One serial port channel for each tool for example WinBK for System 900 configuration has to be set up Web based configuration tools do not require serial port channels 2 Set up the channel and click Activate The configuration of the remote management server is described in detail in Function Description Remote Management TD 92257GB
73. services in turn can then determine which action to be performed depending on their settings The default services are SystemSurvey EventHandler OAJ and BasicAlarmHandler Note that the default services might be license dependent If your Unite CM does not have license s for the service s remove the service s from the list to avoid fault messages in the Unite CM s fault log IOHandler Distribution mout actviy pem Destinations EE 127 0 0 1 SystemSurvey Factory 127 0 0 1 EventHandler 127 0 0 1 0AJ 127 0 0 1 BasicAlarmHandler Figure 16 Default Input Activity Distribution List 1 Make sure that inputs have been defined according to 4 8 3 Define Inputs on page 42 Click Configuration on the start page Select Other gt Advanced Configuration The Advanced Configuration page opens Click Input Activity Distribution under Other mn 5 W hM Enter the destination address es to the service s to be used The address format is IP address service 06 March 2013 Ver 43 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 9 Alarm Handling The alarm handling included in Unite CM makes it possible to trigger on alarms and data from handsets Activated inputs on Unite CM or a module connected to the A bus can also be used as a trigger As an action to the incoming information messages can be sent to handsets Messages with character encoding UTF 8 for example Russian characters and Swedish
74. settings that were delivered from the factory NOTE The active software s current network settings will be kept and will also be applied to the software you want to switch to 4 Click Switch 21 3 Install New Software NOTE It is not recommended to use the module s Management port when installing software 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Software Installation in the menu on the Configuration page 4 Software Installation Y Messaging Users Y Phonebook Backup current settings Backup Y Alarm Handling Y Fault Handling Y Supervision Activity Log Select software file Browse Status Y Software Select which to replace 9 Software 1 Information Software Name Unite Connectivity Manager Software Version B11 2 00 A Switch Software 2 running Installation Software Name Unite Connectivity Manager Software Version 2 00 A Select when to switch Do not switch O Switch immediately Select settings Copy current settings Use factory default settings Start Installation 3 Select software pkg to upload The software will replace the not running software 06 March 2013 Ver 165 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 Select Switch immediately if you want to run the new software 5 Select Copy current settings if you want the new software to inherit the settings currently used This selection will have
75. the Configuration page Click Configuration on the start page Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 1 2 3 Click Phonebook in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page 4 Click the Digit Manipulation settings link on the Phonebook page The following parameters can be configured for digit manipulation Digit Manipulation Enabled The digit manipulation function can be enabled and disabled If the function is enabled the parameters below apply otherwise they do not apply Country Code The Country Code is the prefix to be used when dialling to a particular country from another country The country code is what follows after the in a telephone number The value is used to identify the country code in the number and remove it when it is not needed e National Destination Code The National Destination Code NDC is what follows after the country code in a telephone number The value is used to identify the NDC in the telephone number and remove it when it is not needed International Prefix The International Prefix is used to dial a call from a particular country to another country This is followed by the country code for the destination country This value is used to replace the character when an international call is made National Prefix National Prefix is used to make a call within a country from one city to another The national prefix is followed by t
76. the file name and save 2 Repeat the same process as above in point 1 but for My Messages Common messages are included in the ordinary backup for Unite CM To backup common messages separately repeat the same process as above in point 1 but for Common Messages Log in with user and password password Restore 1 Open NetPage In the Administrate field select the My Groups button Click the Backup Restore button In the Backup Restore view click Browse and browse to the once backed up file Click Open Restore 2 Repeat the same process as above in point 1 but for My Messages 3 If not already done repeat the same process as above in point 1 but for Common Messages Log on with user and password password 4 Test that NetPage is functioning properly see 22 3 Test the New User Interface on page 178 06 March 2013 Ver 155 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 20 Messaging Administration All administration of Users Groups User Teams Work shifts and Categories is done on the Configuration page under Messaging 20 1 Users All administration of the messaging users in the system is done under Messaging on the Configuration page For adding a new messaging user see chapter 4 1 Add Users to Unite CM on page 20 Symbols in Users E Edit a User Group Team Work shift or a Diversion condition Editing symbols Ed Save changes for the edited user only
77. to both the primary Unite CM and the secondary Unite CM By using a RS232 data splitter the cable can be branched to both modules Unite Connectivity RS232 Manager COM port COM port External Equipment RS232 Splitter Unite Connectivity Manager COM port 06 March 2013 Ver 231 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Appendix C System 900 Connections The external equipment can be connected to the A bus in two different ways depending on the connector used C 1 System 900 A bus Connections in a Redundant System Unite S900 C5 Connectivity Manager External Equipment S900 C6 S900 C5 Unite Connectivity Manager Unite Connectivity Manager External Equipment Unite Connectivity Manager 06 March 2013 Ver Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Appendix D Network Monitoring in a Redundant System In a redundant system both the primary Unite CM and the secondary Unite CM can check if they have connection to the network by sending ICMP inquiries to an optional equipment in the same network It is recommended to use the equipment that is centrally installed in the network for example an IP PBX See the example below for more information If the active Unite CM loses the connection to the network the standby Unite CM will become active instead Base Station
78. to see which members that are assigned to a specific User Team Assignment is handled from the Users pages see Add Members to a User Team on page 34 for more information Disney team Members Daisy Duck Minnie Mouse Mickey Mouse Donald Duck Figure 66 Showing members of the Disney team 20 3 2 Edit Messaging Rights In the Messaging page it is possible to edit authorities for the User Teams These settings limit the number of addresses that are displayed in for example Netpage 06 March 2013 Ver 159 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 1 Click Messaging gt Teams in the menu on the Configuration page 2 Click Messaging under Authorisation Messaging Mark the check box in front of the User Team s that shall be changed Select a User Team and click Add Remove to change the groups authorities Mark all Unmark all User Team Authorities Disney team Disney team O Test O Testteam B Figure 67 The Messaging page Add Messaging Rights 1 Select one or more User Team check boxes and select from the drop down list which User Team they should be able to send message to 2 Click Add 3 Click Close when finished Remove Messaging Rights 1 Select one or more User Team check boxes and select from the drop down list which User Team that should be removed 2 Click Remove 3 Click Close when finished 20 3 3 Edit Log View Righ
79. user interface examples index1 index2 and index3 NOTE The JavaScript code in the HTML files is used for interpreting and displaying responses from the messaging system It is recommended that this code is used unmodified otherwise the Message history functionality may be lost Also the Java Applets must be left unchanged to preserve the functionality NOTE No server side scripts are allowed in the FTP area 06 March 2013 Ver 173 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Priority and Beep Codes in the default NetPage User Interface GUI Description Priority Code Low 9 Normal 7 High 3 Alarm 1 a Marked as hidden in the html page GUI Description Beep Code Silent 1 beep 2 beeps 3 beeps 4 beeps 5 beeps 10 beeps N Oo ui A WN FP CO Siren 22 2 4 Change the NetPage User Interface Functionality As a help for locating comments hidden text in the html code the comment marks and are used see the example in Figure 76 The comment marks are also used to hide functionality in the user interface Text written or functionality framed by the comment marks are not interpreted by the web browser lt TD valign top style height 25 gt ear his is the button that opens the NetPage phonebook If the phonebook is not used remove the complete script and the amp nbsp amp nbsp line mark it as comments to be able to include it again later one Figure 76 Example of how to
80. users LastName FirstName CallID Number Address Category ied Adress Category Erixson Dan 1000 1000 paging TRX Johnson Erica 2000 2000 paging TRX Swanson Catrina 4000 4000 gt DECT TAX Will Sara 3000 3000 DECT TRX Advanced Add Save Figure 8 Paging users added without consuming regular messaging users When diverting a paging user to a non paging user the regular messaging users will be consumed In Figure 9 a diversion for paging user 1000 has been added where the diversion is set to a DECT user In this case the number of consumed messaging users increased with one and the number of licence free users decreased with one LastName E J S W User 1 4 of 4 Number of licensed users 3 100 plus 1 licence free users LastName FirstName CallID Number Address Category edd ddress Category Erixson Dan 1000 1000 paging 4000 DECT TX Johnson Erica 2000 2000 paging TRX Swanson Catrina 4000 4000 gt DECT NE BX will Sara 3000 3000 DECT ao 38x Add AdvancedAdd Save Figure 9 Diversion added for a paging user 4 1 3 Import users from a CSV file 06 March 20 A CSV file template with instructions how to add user information is included in Unite CM Obtain the template and read the instructions carefully since the user information must be added in the right order Obtain the CSV template NOTE Before obtaining the template make sure that all needed Messaging Categories have
81. utilization 0 396 Diversion ap m9 1080 DECT zJ amp _ IF NOT REACHABLE Ad diversion 10819DECT Ej ZG Click to add a new diversion under this DB IF NOT REACHABLE 1090 DECT ERR GF Add New Condition Work Shift Device Number Address Category If Not reachable v Always v Manual 1001 Number plan x 2 Enter settings and click Save 06 March 2013 Ver 27 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Add an unconditional diversion 1 Click the top ES symbol as shown in the figure below A secondary destination is created meaning that all messages are directed to the primary and to the secondary destination The secondary destination can also have conditional diversions It is also possible to set up diversions that depend on work shifts Setup diversion for 1080 Database utilization 0 3 Diversion aw 1080 DECT A 92 Add diversion DS IF NOT REACHABLE Click to add a new 1001 Number plan d top level diversion 1081 DECT IEE DB IF NOT REACHABLE 1090 DECT S se Add New Work Shift Device Number Address Category Always w Manud 1092 Number plan 2 Enter settings and click Save It is possible to collapse and expand the diversions by clicking the plus and minus symbols in the view Edit diversions by clicking the E4 symbol and delete diversions by clicking the Ei symbol Disable
82. 080 DECT 3z 4 Click the iE symbol to the right of the Edit symbol to add a new diversion rule Setup diversion for 1080 Database utilization 0 296 Diversion EJ a 1080 DECT EJE E Add New Condition Work Shift Device Number Address Category If Not reachable Aways v Manual v 1081 H Number plan iv 5 The diversion is defined by a diversion condition and a destination on diversion Setting Description Condition Three conditions are available for diversions added below the primary diversion Absent the handset is reported absent Out of range the handset is out of range Not reachable covers all message delivery failures absent and out of range included Work Shift Messages can be diverted to different Call IDs depending on active work shift Created work shifts will also appear in the drop down list but in addition two other alternatives can be selected Always messages will be sent to the specified number address regardless of active work shift Between shift messages will be sent to the specified number address to prevent messages from being undelivered if no Work Shift is active Device Devices added for the user will be available in drop down list Manual manually enter a Call ID or number and category Number A Call ID in the number plan or a number address Address Category The messaging system to which the handset belongs defined in the Setup Wizard Updating or addi
83. 10 19 03 19 Uptime 3d 20h 20m 29s Documentation General Installation Guide Unite Connectivity Manager Installation and Operation Manual Ascom Unite MIB OA XML description OA XML schema Third Party Licenses Internet fg gt 100 Figure 4 The Configuration page With system administrator or administrator rights you will be able to access the complete Unite CM configuration page from the Configuration Phonebook and Users amp Groups buttons on the start page Links to documentation are also found on the configuration page Use the Z symbol if you want to return to the start page without logging out Using the Log out link will also send you back to the start page but you will be logged out as well System information is shown on the Configuration top page for example host name IP address and MAC Adaress 06 March 2013 Ver 15 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 1 3 Advanced Configuration page The Advanced Configuration page is reached from the Configuration page under Other Unite Connectivity Manager Normal Mode 1 i Advanced Configuration Phonebook System Setup Remote Management On this page you set all parameters regarding the systems function and behaviour Select what to configure in the menu to the left Mail Server In order for changes to take effect you will sometimes be requested to reboot the system OAXML Device Managemen
84. 2 Data Splitter Only required if you want to connect equipment via serial interface for example external equipment via TAP ESPA or Line protocol e Three static IP addresses Ask your network administrator to obtain the IP addresses TIP See also Prepare IP addresses to be used in a redundant system recommended Prepare IP addresses to be used in a redundant system recommended NOTE It is assumed that your system already have one Unite CM installed and that an additional Unite CM will be installed in order to set up a redundant system The three static IP addresses will be used as follows e two IP addresses will be used by the primary and secondary Unite CM e the third IP address will be used by the equipment for example IP DECT Base Stations and VoWiFi handsets to interact with the active Unite CM when the system has become redundant In this document the third IP address will be called virtual IP address To avoid changing the configured Unite IP address in the equipment that will interact with the active Unite CM follow the instructions below Network without DCHP Server 1 Replace the IP address in the origin Unite CM with the static IP address to be used by the primary module The replaced IP address can now be used as virtual IP address by the external equipment 2 Make sure the other Unite CM to be used as secondary module has been assigned correct IP address Network with DCHP Server 1 Make sure that the ori
85. 23 4 SNMP TADS 5t CAR RE ERR RR dad 188 23 5 Fault Hantling eee e Neb aat 191 23 6 Activity LOS SIM isi eoe ete b e e b iode 197 24 Tro bleshootihg sesini essetis ssis sossa 208 24 1 General Troubleshooting sinnani Eg i et gd 208 24 2 Device Manager TroubleShOOting cssecsecsssessssesssesecssssseesseseeateneessseccasensenseneees 208 24 3 E mail Interface Troubleshooting eerte ttn tentent 209 244 TTO Bleshooting Guide eet ettet entrent 210 24 5 LED Patterns and Troubleshooting Tools in Unite CM sse 220 24 6 Advanced Troubleshooting itti ettari AN 221 24 7 What to consider when replacing a module see 221 24 8 Technical SUDDORL cit E PEU ROC ie a RR dis 221 25 Related Documents 4 eerie eee eee eere eese tnos enata senatus tns tn season senses osea aon 222 26 Document History eee errore ete eet eie eee vios vea eee ene dne nne enar ee cn ona sese eee sa sse Red 223 Appendix A Used IP Ports eere creer eee eee eene tese tn te so tte teo tes tasas enne eet a ea teen en 227 Appendix B RS232 Connections eee cessere eere ee eee en ettet tn ee tn etas ta sena setate eese tnaeo 228 Appendix C System 900 Connections e eeee eere eene eee eee eene tn sena sonne tn etes tneeo 232 Appendix D Network Monitoring in a Redundant System eee 233 Appendix
86. 2735EN Appendix K Ascom Unite Application Manager The Unite CM can either be used as a stand alone module or be used together with an Windows based Ascom Unite Application Manager Unite AM The Unite AM makes it possible to manage some features in Unite CM When a feature is enabled in the Unite AM the corresponding feature is disabled or hidden in the Unite CM Refer to the Unite AM documentation for more information on how to manage the features Depending on the features enabled in the Unite AM the following features might be affected in the Unite CM K 1 User Management When users are managed from the Unite AM the users will appear in the Unite CM However the users cannot be edited in Unite CM K 2 Duty Assignment Duty Assignment is where locations in for example a hospital and definitions of conditions for Event Elements are set up When Unite Assign is enabled in the Unite AM the Duty Assignment menu will be hidden in Unite CM In this case the work is done in the Unite AM K 3 Action Assignment Events and actions and conditions for events are configured here The administration of access rights is also done in Action Assignment When the action assignment is managed from the Unite AM the action assignment cannot be edited in the Unite CM However it is possible to view the settings in Unite CM K 4 Messaging Categories When messages categories are managed from the Unite AM the Messaging Categories menu
87. 3 Ver 54 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 11 4 Configuration of Events This is used to make assignment of Event Elements 1 Click Configuration Event Handler Configuration Activate configuration Save configuration Check configuration View Element help Home Event iL Local Elements gt Persistent Elements Event Response oL External Interfaces h 3 Configuration Overview Trigger Trigger Actions amp Action Groups External Delay Action Action Elements Translation Tables Click in the image above to get an explanation of the Event Handler parts and how they can be used Expand All Collapse All Figure 26 Event Handler Configuration For simple configuration setup it is only necessary to make configurations in External Actions and Assignments in the selected external action and in Translation Tables gt Location description It is possible to get explanation and instruction of the Event Handler parts by clicking on each of the boxes in the figure that shows the event flow Configuration Examples You can find an example of a complete configuration that can be used as a template in each type of External Action Event Triggers This is where conditions on incoming events are defined and where to activate predefined actions There are different way of doing this condition can be set up in Match Condition or in Activation Several condi
88. 5 1 DECI Phorie System zo ee aee e e eb E ntt 125 15 2 Mixed DECT Systems seh ER ERR T SR REP ded 126 15 3 DECT Interface settings oerion anna i AEE 129 15 4 Absence Handling in DECT sese tenente nennen trennen nennen 131 15 5 Base Station COnVerslonz nac RD Re RR Pte es 133 I XMC CE nicar i c 134 Tot CUCM COMPIS ULATION caseo tee tie e E RR ERREUR RURSUS RESET 134 16 2 Cisco Interface Configuration tentent treten tenentis 134 16 3 Translations s ee rt RD RE d RR eati 136 17 WLAN Interface 17 1 Handset Registration T4 Shared Phones tite a te e t Deos 17 3 WLAN SYSTEM a arriere em t RU d i e dne dne 17 4 WLAN Message Distrib tion uoca tet nh tette decepta 138 18 System 900 Interf ce eere Eee epe eoe er ese eo seo ee eoe aono euE sR vas apa ERE eb Tees daa 139 18 1 System 900 Configuration Page oo cesesessesesseeseeceeseeseecsecuceneesscceesaeecseceeeneensecees 141 18 2 System 900 Message Distribution tette 146 19 Create and Send Messages eee eee eese esee eese eene tanen sens sesta setas setas sten s sena sette ta 147 19 1 Create and Send Messages via the Messaging Tool sss 147 19 2 Create and Send Messages via NetPage sssseeete tentent 148 19 3 My GE OURS eoe ERR ERU OE RUE GEHE ERREUR 150 19 4 Additional Messaging Configuration sse teens 150 20 Messaging Administration
89. 5 beeps 10 beeps HEHEBHHHBH Siren Cd Figure 61 The Coloured Messaging page 4 Set Coloured Messaging enabled to Yes or No 5 Map which colors that shall correspond to the different beep codes These colors are displayed with messages in the handsets 6 Click Activate 19 4 4 Backup and Restore of NetPage files It is recommended to make a backup of all NetPage files the phonebook and predefined groups and messages if for example you want to move a customized GUI to another module NetPage Files NetPage files are the number list the GUI files including image files and the Common Groups and the Common Messages files Backup Copy and save modified files in the NetPage FTP area see 22 2 2 Files for Translation Editing on page 171 Restore 1 Put copies of the backup files in the NetPage FTP area see 22 2 2 Files for Translation Editing on page 171 2 Test that NetPage is functioning properly see 22 3 Test the New User Interface on page 178 Backup of Predefined Groups and Messages NOTE Default user name is user and password is password but this can have been changed in your system Backup 06 March 2013 Ver 154 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 1 Open NetPage In the Administrate field select the My Groups button Click the Backup Restore button The Backup Restore view is opened Click Backup gt Save Choose
90. 5 seconds Manual Ack type Dependent on if the external equipment supports negative acknowledge Default Positive and Negative manual acknowledge Manual Ack TTL minutes How long a paging with manual acknowledge remains in the queue after transmission of Call Terminated call status Default 5 minutes Message Ref ID TTL minutes How long a Message Reference ID remains in queue Only valid for Ascom dialect Default 5 minutes Interactive Message Option Text for Callback number Defines text that will be added to call digits sent from external equipment The text and the number Note For this setting to have to call is received as an option in the receiving effect Interactive messaging handset The call digits are dialled when the user IM must be supported by the selects the option handset Max 40 characters Note Overrides Message Ref ID TTL Leave empty if data identifier 9 is used for message reference Return Status Information Defines if status information for ongoing pagings shall be sent back to external equipment Set to No if external equipment have problems handling status information Default Yes Supervision time for communication seconds Defines the time before lost communication with external equipment will be considered as a fault and sent as a Status log If set to 0 no supervision is done Max 3600 seconds Default 0 ASCII conversion table Makes it possible to convert display message
91. 60 will appear 3 Browse to find the CSV file Choose the sort order Click Upload file When the CSV file is uploaded it will be converted and saved as uploadednrilist js The file is a text file with the following format nr array First name 1 Surname 1 Telephone number 1 First name 2 Surname 2 Telephone number 2 If you later want to edit the number list the uploadednrlist js file is accessible with the FTP client and can also be modified manually 4 Test that the number list works as desired 5 Make a backup of the uploadednriist js file see further in 19 4 4 Backup and Restore of NetPage files on page 154 NOTE When the phonebook has been updated be sure to clear the cache memory on the web browser 19 4 3 Colored messaging It is possible to add color information in messages sent to handsets The beep code in a message is mapped to a color When this feature is enabled color information will be added to all transmitted messages NOTE This feature is only applicable for DECT and WLAN 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Click Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 153 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 Click Coloured Messaging in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Parameter setup Coloured Messaging enabled No Silent 1 beep 2 beeps 3 beeps 4 beeps
92. ACTION_TYPE_SELECTOR gt lt translation gt Action Type lt translation gt lt helptext gt Select which type of action to take lt helptext gt lt text gt lt text id ACTIVATE_EHCONF_OK gt lt translation gt Activation of configuration OK lt translation gt lt text gt lt text id ALARM_TYPE_SELECTOR gt lt translation gt Alarm Type lt translation gt lt helptext gt The alarm type that should be triggered lt helptext gt lt text lt app gt lt language gt lt translations gt Figure 69 Example of a language file 22 1 3 Show Pages in Translation Mode All texts buttons menus etc are identified with labels for example TEXT TRANSLATION TITLE With the translation mode function it is possible to view the label for each button menu etc This can be helpful when translating the language file For not losing one s bearings during the translation it is a help to open two windows and view one of them in translation mode and the other in normal mode 06 March 2013 Ver 168 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN I Select the Enable translation mode check box in the Import Export Language page and click Apply Translation Existing languages English Each language can be exported as an XML file To create a new language or update an existing click a language link above to download the file If a new language should be created change the language indicati
93. Action Handler on page 52 Forced sound indication parameter added 4 14 3 Module Redundancy Test on page 68 and 4 14 5 Fallback to the Primary Unite CM on page 70 Note regarding Device Manager added 6 1 Device Management Setup on page 74 Examples added Clarified how the fields shall be filled in depending on which devices that shall be managed in Device Manager Appendix K Ascom Unite Application Manager on page 258 added that Groups Mulitcast groups and Broadcast groups can be managed from Unite AM 06 March 2013 Ver 226 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Appendix A Used IP Ports Port Application or unit Transport protocol 20 21 FTP traffic inbound outgoing traffic TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP TCP 53 Domain Name Server DNS UDP 68 DHCP UDP 80 Web traffic HTTP TCP 113 Authentication for mail server TCP 123 Time synchronisation NTP UDP 162 Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP UDP 443 Web traffic HTTPS TCP 10132 10135 GUI for Duty assignment Action configuration and TCP Event assignment 10141 WLAN messaging interface TCP 1200 Alcatel Omni PCX Enterprise TCP 1321 1322 OAP Server TCP 1814 1817 MX ONE MD110 IP DECT EMN TCP 2775 Phonebook Service UDP 3217 Unite traffic UDP 5891 Netpage TCP 8080 Web traffic HTTPS TCP 10089 Ascotel IntelliGate UDP 10101 Remote connection TCP and RS232 conversion TCP 10103 Remote connection
94. CARE IP teleCOURIER 900 Unite UNS VoWiFi System WLAN Serial communication between modules in System 900 A simple alternative to ESPA 4 4 4 with all basic features of paging call available but with a very limited status report Comma Separated Values CSV file format is a file type that stores tabular data The format dates back to the early days of business computing For this reason CSV files are common on all computer platforms A system or an application addressed in Unite CM to send messages to and receive alarms from Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications global standard for cordless telephony A message based serial protocol intended for communication with external equipment Built upon the 501745 transport specification Network oriented programming language Local Area Network a group of computers and associated devices that share a common communication line Lightweight Directory Access Protocol Open Access Java A development kit used for developing customized applications OAJ is also the service name when addressing the service in Unite addresses Open Access protocol used for defining messages in XML format Simple Mail Transfer Protocol Global IP protocol used when sending and receiving e mail Simple Network Management Protocol standard for management of network equipment Generic term for teleCOURIER 900 Telocator Alphanumeric Protocol An industry standard protocol for the
95. CT interface to be connected to the Unite CM by clicking on a NOT USED link 06 March 2013 Ver 127 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN DECT Interface IP address Name Master IP address Standby Master IP address HJ DECT Interface Selection IP DECT Activate BS 14 Enter the following Name Description to identify the DECT interface The description will appear in the DECT interface list Master IP address The IP address to primary DECT system That is the IP address of IP DECT Master or IP address of MX ONE MD110 Standby IP address The IP address to the secondary DECT system used as backup if the primary DECT system goes down Optional DECT Interface Selection The type of DECT interface to be used 15 Click Activate 16 Repeat steps 13 14 to add additional DECT systems 06 March 2013 Ver 128 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 15 3 DECT Interface settings The DECT Interface controls the messaging flow between the Cordless Telephone System and other system modules for example UNITE compliant modules and System 900 modules 15 3 1 General Settings To find DECT General Settings do as follows 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click General Settings in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Call
96. Clsimg v x 1 Click Define new input B On Opening A x C Internal 2 Enter a unique Input Name 3 Enter IP address of the module connected to the A bus Normally localhost that is the IP address is set to 127 0 0 1 but if the A bus is connected to another Unite module its IP address is set here 4 Enter the Alarm Module s module address on the A bus or select Internal depending on if the input is connected via A bus module or directly to Unite CM hardware If you want to trigger on both opening and closing or using different Activation time you can define multiple inputs for the same physical input This can for example be used if you at a door by using a microswitch want an activation on both opening and closing the door Refer to Appendix F for other examples 5 Enter Input number Note If you have selected the internal check box in the previous step enter the number of the internal input 1 or 2 6 Select Activation condition 7 Enter Activation Time By default a notification will be sent immediately If you enter activation time the input has to be active for the set time before a notification is sent 8 Click Save 06 March 2013 Ver 42 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 8 4 Input Activity Distribution If the Unite CM s input port s is activated the Unite CM can trigger other services by distributing the input activity to the services The
97. Communication between TCP Remote Access Client and Remote Access Server 10130 Applet communication Activity Log Viewer TCP 10141 Netwise presence management system TCP 10147 DECT Charger Communication TCP 10153 Device Manager Communication TCP 33000 33001 WLAN messaging interface TCP 45000 45400 FTP traffic outbound incoming traffic TCP 06 March 2013 Ver 227 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Appendix B RS232 Connections B 1 Cables for DCT1800 and DCT1900 Figure 92 Connection for messaging in DCT1800 and DCT1900 systems Unite Printer Connectivity RS232 port Manager COM 1 port D SUB A cable with RS232 and D SUB 9 pin female connectors is required to be able to transmit messages to handsets and to receive messages data and alarms from the handsets The cable should be connected to the COM1 port on Unite CM and to the Printer PR port on the Radio Exchange To be able to configure DCT1800 DCT1900 remotely via a Unite CM this type of cable should also be connected between the COM2 port on Unite CM and the PC port on the Radio Exchange Unite CM ies ce oe 1 1 2 3 Rx CTRL CTRL 9 pin female D sub connector RX TX RTS CTS DCD Figure 94 Cable wiring for DCT1900 DCT1800 jet ae 1 lu 9 pin female D sub connector e 7 e 8 id 1 e 5 DCD Rx RTS Tx CTS DTR GND RX T
98. E Fault Handling Configuration Example ceeecee eene eene teen 235 Appendix F Alarm Action Configuration Examples eere eere eene eene ntnn 238 Appendix G sac mee M 245 Appendix H Extracting Information from HL7 v2 Messages eere 246 Appendix I XML Message Handling in Event Handler eere 253 Appendix J Protocol Limitations input eee eese ee eee eene eee eere eoe ntotnuo 255 Appendix K Ascom Unite Application Manager eee eese eene eene eee tn eno neo 258 06 March 2013 Ver Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Appendix L Services in Unite CM 1e eeee esee eere eerte eere eene eene senses seesseeeeseessss 259 Appendix M Multiple Event Handlers eeereeeee eere eere eene eeeeneeeneeeneeereeees 201 IndeX eene eee erret ehe Pee esca eu ecu es aas us ele pt nva esee eene usen ve eun aa Bro neos vesioUssesee breites tesis 2221702 02 06 March 2013 Ver Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 1 Introduction The Unite Connectivity Manager Unite CM is a server software platform used for messaging and alarm handling in your system It is also used for the administration of users and groups for supervision activity loggi
99. E3 C1ALCDAC Duty and Event Assignment Clients see chapters 4 11 6 Duty Assignment on page 58 and User Manual Duty Assignment in Unite Connectivity Manager 4 11 7 Action Assignment on page 58 and User Manual Action Assignment in Unite Connectivity Manager e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALCAMC Alarm Management Clients AMCs see chapter 4 11 5 Alarm Management Client AMC Management on page 56 1 3 3 Extended Configuration for additional Enterprise Licenses Some extended configuration is included in the Enterprise BASE license other requires an additional license see below For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALCBAS Enterprise BASE standard see chapters 4 Basic Configuration on page 20 7 4 Remote Management on page 82 19 Create and Send Messages on page 147 Messaging Tool only 23 System Supervision and Security on page 180 23 6 Activity Logging on page 197 logging for 1 client at the time Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALEU10 license adds users in quantities of 10 e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALENP NetPage license see chapter 19 Create and Send Messages on page 147 e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALEBAM Basic Alarm Manager license see chapter 4 9 Alarm Handling on page 44 except 4 10 2 Add Locations e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALEGMI
100. ECT Master Figure 53 Redundancy achieved by connecting Unite CM to two IP DECT base stations and setting primary and secondary IP addresses Unite CM can communicate with the IP DECT system over a LAN It is possible to set an address to a secondary IP DECT master which is used as a redundancy backup The secondary IP Address is used if the connection to the primary IP Address is lost If the secondary IP Address is lost Unite CM will try to use the primary IP Address To do IP DECT IP address settings do as follows 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Restart Unite CM not needed if configured from the Wizard 4 Select IP DECT in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 125 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 5 Continue in A IP DECT system with a Single Master or B IP DECT system with Multiple Masters below A IP DECT system with a Single Master 1 Enter the IP address to the DECT system 2 Enter a secondary IP address if two DECT system are used for redundancy purposes enter the IP address to the secondary DECT system in the Secondary DECT IP Address text field B IP DECT system with Multiple Masters Multiple DECT interfaces are used for connections to an IP DECT multi master system with a common PBX number plan NOTE All numbers in the system must be u
101. H segment an acknowledgement type is expected The EH configuration will always send Accept acknowledgement with value CA commit accept when MSH field 15 has a value of AL always or SU success completion e Application acknowledgement with value AA application accept when MSH field 16 has a value of AL always or SU success completion 06 March 2013 Ver 249 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN When MSH fields 15 and 16 both are omitted only an application acknowledgement with value AA will be send ASCOM Action Handler MSA with field 1 CA MSA with field 1 AA Figure 118 Two different acknowledgments The Commit Accept acknowledgement will be send as soon as the Event Handler starts to process the HL7 message The application acknowledgement will be send as soon as the event elements are sent to the Action Handler H 4 Configure Unite CM ASCII Input Interface The ASCII input interface is configured for Minimum Lower Level Protocol MLLP session control over a TCP connection on port 2575 HL7 port registered at www iana org 1 On the Advance Configuration page select ASCII to edit the configuration 2 If a HL7 port already is configured in TCP Server Parameters click HL7 MLLP or similar to verify your settings Otherwise click NOT USED TCP Parameters Name IHL7 MLLP TCP Port 2575 Input Start character string
102. IP address DECT e f IP DECT Base Station is to be managed in the Device Manager enter Unite IP address IPDECT e If WLAN handset is to be managed in the Device Manager enter Unite IP address WLAN 5 Set whether communication with the license server shall be enabled or not 6 Click Activate 6 2 Device Handling Configuration 6 2 1 IP DECT Handsets and Chargers It is possible to set which device types that are allowed to log in to the module This gives you the possibility to for example only allow handsets to log in to one Device Manager and chargers to log in to another Device Manager 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Settings Advanced Configuration on the Configuration page 3 Under DECT Interface click Device Handling in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page 4 Select the device type to enable disable login from 5 Change Status to desired value 6 Click Activate 6 2 2 Fixed IP DECT Devices If your system having multiple Device Managers it is possible to set which Device Manager the fixed IP DECT devices IP DECT Base Station and IP DECT Gateway should logon to This can be used to logon the fixed IP DECT devices to one Device Manager while another Device Manager for example can be used for handsets 06 March 2013 Ver 75 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN The fixed IP DECT devices can use either the Unite CM
103. Mail Server e The mail server must know that Unite CM exists and be able to send e mails to Unite CM Relaying to Unite CM must be allowed and the IP address must be known e Ifthe firewall is situated between the mail server and Unite CM it must be configured to enable SMTP between the mail server and Unite CM e Anmx record for the Unite CM host has to be set up in the DNS like unitecm company com The E mail client must set up the rule redirect of e mails for E mail notification Sending e mails directly to Unite CM Thelocal IT Department should only be required to supply the IP address and the host name of Unite CM and if needed enabling communication through the firewall Transfer a reply from a handset as e mail Create an e mail based on an Event Themail server must allow sending e mails from Unite CM This requires relaying from Unite CM e If the firewall is situated between the mail server and Unite CM it must be configured to enable SMTP between the mail server and Unite CM through the firewall 14 2 Mail Addressing Options It is possible to set certain properties for the message by adding a pseudo protocol in the destination mail address The following properties can be set e Beep code Message priority Request for manual acknowledge positive and negative Request for user response data 06 March 2013 Ver 120 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN The
104. Multicast Group ID In a Multicast Group one message is sent to a group number in a specified category which means that the message is sent simultaneously to all members in the group Used for large groups with no need of delivery control e Broadcast ID In a Broadcast Group one message is sent to a all handsets in the specified category Used for sending general messages to all members To be able to add Broadcast and Multicast Groups there must be categories that support the corresponding function If no such category exist then the feature will be disabled No delivery control Multicast Broadcast is used since the system has no possibility to check if the message has reached all handsets 4 3 1 Single Group 1 Click Users amp Groups on the start page 2 Select Messaging gt Groups in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click Group ID Create Group ID Note that it will take some time to send a message to a large group as one message per Call ID will be transmitted Call ID Description 100 Diversion permitted for included members Yes 9 No Member Administration Call ID 1 Validated OK x 10 Not found in Number Plan X Add Member e Empty Copy previous Increment previous Local Call ID Search Save Close 4 Enter the following settings Setting Description Call ID Call ID for the group Description Description of the group 06 March 2013 Ver 30 Installation
105. My Groups and My Cookies are not allowed in Check that cookies are enabled in Messages do not work your web browser your web browser e Number list or Common Refresh the cache memory on the Messages are web browser If they still are unsatisfactorily updated unsatisfactory refresh catching proxy if any In for example Microsoft Internet Explorer this can be achieved by pressing CTRL F5 e Entire Message history The Java Virtual Machine Contact your IT department for including column headings may be missing on your assistance doesn t appear computer e Message history isnot There might be a firewall Contact your IT department to running although preventing you from receiving open port number 5891 in the messages are sent and data from the NetPage server fire wall in the direction from the column headings are web client to the NetPage server visible e Translation into The software of Unite CM Open the html files used by language with character has been upgraded from an Netpage located on the FTP encoding UTF 8 is not older software version to area in WordPad or similar text displayed correctly in the version 4 3x The newer editor NetPage s GUI software has also inherit the older software s settings for Change the character encoding in example by using the Copy the files to this current settings option meta http equiv Content Type content text html charset utf 8 gt 06 March 2013
106. N1 1 7022 CZ Zorgverzekering Postbus 99999 Tilburg 9999 AB 076 5243xx I LL EEEEPELLEEEEEET LEE TTL EET TI 900080820 CRPTN2 ELE TELE TE EL BELLE ELLE LL EE LL E ESI BECROE Body lt gt lt gt lt USP gt Figure 116 Paging message to the Event Handler 06 March 2013 Ver 248 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Event Handler Action Handler Based on a translation table that is defined by the customer the Event Handler will extract the needed information from the paging body text and send that as event elements to the Action Handler ASCOM Action Handler EH Translation table es2lUNITE event JUNITE event PID 312D 3 0 1 OINAME GIVEN 5 2 1 01 AS i fowt UNITE ev eut uNITE event SJUNITE event JUNITE event Event elements 5 Value First aid Room 5 Bed 2 Figure 117 Event Handler translation table Acknowledgements In HL7 two types of acknowledgements exist Accept and Application acknowledgement The MSH segment of the received HL7 message defines which type of acknowledgment the sending party expects This EH configuration is build to only send accept on both types of acknowledgements This EH configuration will not send error or reject for those two types of acknowledgements A customer who would like this functionality needs to extend the configuration himself Depending on the values of Fields 15 and 16 of the MS
107. Open Access Protocol OAPv4 e FE3 C1ALEJVM Unite Connectivity Manager Java Virtual Machine JVM Basic one way Manual Acknowledge Interactive Messaging IM User Data Alarm Location Remote Change of profile Availability and Poll Location e FE3 C1ALEEH Unite Connectivity Manager Advanced Event Handler e FE3 C1ALEMG Unite Connectivity Manager SMTP Mail Interface e FE3 C1ALEDAC Unite Connectivity Manager Duty and Event Assignment Clients Number of clients 1 client available up to 25 clients e FE3 C1ALEAMC Unite Connectivity Manager Alarm Management Clients AMC s Number of AMC clients 1 client available up to 10 clients e FE3 C1ALEL5O Unite Connectivity Manager Monitor Locations Number of Duty amp Event Assignment locations 50 locations available up to 2000 locations e FE3 C1ALEECG Unite Connectivity Manager Cisco External Carrier Gateway e FE3 C2ALExxx Unite Connectivity Manager Module Redundancy 06 March 2013 Ver 3 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN For details regarding licenses and technical specifications refer to the Data Sheet Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92739EN 06 March 2013 Ver 4 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 1 2 Abbreviation and Glossary A bus Ascom Line protocol CSV Category DECT ESPA 4 4 4 Java LAN LDAP OAJ OA XML SMTP SNMP System 900 TAP TCP tele
108. P Parameter Setup ttt tre ertet ee ete een 93 8 6 CMG Parameter Set Prs citer te ten b gne o ER nts 95 8 7 Digit manipulation in the Central Phonebook seen 96 9 Serial Interface In p 100 9 1 Serial Protocol Settings tont eir ee Rn 100 10 Serial Interface Out cssscccssssscsssccsssscssssessesscsssssesssssesssssscessssessesessessssessesessess 10 1 Output Serial Protocol Settings 11 ASCII Interface 109 11 1 Syntax for ASCII Code Translation esee ttes 109 11 2 Data MOHDItOF ud RERO Rd 112 06 March 2013 Ver Installation and Operation Manual 12 Text DISplayS 5 eere oSsacccteccceccdeacaadecceccecsdustecauastoesacasonssnsasuessncuncs esie pecie 114 12 1 IexG DISplay Settlhgss su ete ee eed e pee re ere tp tenta 114 13 SMS via GSM Modem eese eene en tentent tton statuts etsi n essen senses en tns sisse 117 13 L Add GSM USQr cete tette e EEEE EEEREN ERA 117 13 2 Send Message from Unite CM to GSM User sse 118 13 3 Send SMS from GSM Phone to a Handset in the System sss 119 14 SMTP Mail Interface eee eee eee te eene ente tn sine tntn satus tns tn sns in enses sata sn suao 120 14 1 Considerations for Local IT Department seen tentenntnnes 120 14 2 Mail Addressing Options sse eet bete 120 15 DECT Interface q EESO TES 125 1
109. SM phones and to send SMS between GSM phones and handsets in the system This option is very useful for diversion purposes A GSM modem is required and the GSM phone must be added as a user in Unite CM with the number tied to the GSM category pus e b based licati 3 Call ID Destination address eb based application amp 7121 7121 DECT categories i 7122 7122 DECT 7123 7123 DECT 5123 4467051234562 GSM 3 1 46705123456 p Unite Connectivity Manager sunny a mue i PBX E r Exchange rte Figure 52 SMS via GSM modem 13 1 Add GSM User NOTE If you use a SIM with a PIN code either remove the code before placing the SIM in the GSM modem or change the pinCode txt on the FTP area on Unite CM 06 March 2013 Ver 117 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 1 Log on to Unite CM with an FTP client Note that how to log on can differ between different FTP clients Default username is ftpuser and default password is changemetoo XXX XXX XXX xxx is the host name Examples e Windows Explorer fill in ftp username password a ooxoo xxx xxx in the address field e Firefox fill in ftp xXxx xxx xxx xxx in the address field and log on with username and password 2 Download the following files located in the cli
110. TD 92735EN Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager 06 March 2013 Ver Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN About this document This document is used for the installation and configuration of the product It is also used for administration maintenance and troubleshooting These activities require good knowledge about functionality and limitations both on module and system level and also knowledge about how systems modules and parameters interact The document also includes information about the daily operation that is creating and sending messages which can be done by any user in the system Cross references in the document Throughout this document you will find cross references in the text which indicate further details that can be found in other sections of this document The cross references are colored blue and linked to the relevant place in the document Positioning your cursor over the cross reference text and clicking the left mouse button will take you to the relevant section To return to the original page after viewing a cross referred page in Adobe Acrobat or Adobe Reader click on the Previous View arrow OQ or 06 March 2013 Ver Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Contents NM eD Dp 1 1 1 Hicenses tot Unite CM oie RR RR DU E RUE 1 1 2 Abbreviation
111. Unite CM can send a supervision request either to a Unite module or an ICMP ping every second i e if the interval is set to 30 seconds up to 30 modules Unite or IP Equipment can be supervised If this limit is exceeded the interval will automatically be increased Example if the interval is set to 30 seconds as above but the modules to supervise are 60 the interval will be increased to 60 seconds When supervision is started ended and when the supervision interval is changed an Activity Log with information about the changes will be sent 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Supervision IP Equipment in the menu on the Configuration page This page reflects system status at 2007 09 19 10 57 40 Update page IP Equipment Module IP Address Status Since 2box 155 172 20 9 155 2007 09 18 21 43 13 x Enter IP or host name and press Add Equipment to start supervising new equipment Add IP Equipment Adding IP Equipment 1 Enter IP address or host name 2 Click Add IP Equipment to add equipment to the survey Status Symbols Description m T Cak Supervision OK 4 Equipment lost Not Supervised 06 March 2013 Ver 184 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Changing Supervision Settings 1 Click Setup to set up supervision parameters for the equipment Setup Equipment information Equipment 2box 155 IP Address 172 20 9 155 Notes Supervisi
112. Ver 218 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 24 4 4 Troubleshooting Guide for Corridors Displays Fault Probable cause Action or comment e The corridor display The display has a proper Follow instructions in chapter shows No Data connection to the network 12 1 Text Display Settings on but it has not been added to page 114 the text displays list 06 March 2013 Ver 219 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 24 5 LED Patterns and Troubleshooting Tools in Unite CM Unite CM hardware has different LEDs to indicate the status and besides that the possibility to show active faults and logging the faults LED colors Description The LEDs show different colors to determine type of information and have different flashing frequency for showing the priority Colors Red Fault indication Yellow Mode indication Blue Normal operation OK Flashing frequency Fixed light indicates normal state Slow flashing light indicates medium attention Quick flashing light indicates high attention Flashing patterns Status LED Status OK Bue Starting up shutting down Feedback 1 sec Error fault Mode LED Warning Boot mode Demonstation mode Power LED Active module during synchronization Active module synchronized Standby module during synchronization Standby module synchronized Waiting for automatic startup 1 mi
113. X RTS 06 March 2013 Ver 228 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN B 2 Cables for BusinessPhone Unite CM and the BusinessPhone have to be connected in order to be able to transmit messages to handsets and to receive messages data and alarms from the handsets The cable should be connected to the COM1 port on Unite CM and to the 1 0 port on the IC CU2 board in the BusinessPhone The cable should be wired as described below C82 RTS C84 DTR COE ooooooo n jJa ju ces CTS Figure 95 Cable wiring for BusinessPhone To be able to configure BusinessPhone remotely via a Unite CM a second cable is required It should be wired as described above and connected between the COM2 port on Unite CM and the Maintenance port on the IC CU2 board in the BusinessPhone B 3 Cables for the ESPA the Ascom Line and the TAP protocol Unite Connectivity External Manager equipment Figure 96 Connection to external equipment A cable with RS232 and D SUB connectors is required to be able to receive pagings from external equipment By default the cable shall be connected to the COM2 port on Unite CM for ESPA in Ascom Line protocol and TAP in and also for ESPA out and TAP out Figure 97 Cable wiring for the ESPA the Ascom Line and the TAP protocol 06 March 2013 Ver 229 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN B 4 Cables for Remote Ma
114. X Gate is configured to manage alarm messages received from WLAN handsets and the EventHandler Unite CM is configured to manage alarm messages received from DECT handsets 1 The IMS2 forwards an alarm message received from a DECT handset Call ID 100 to the Event Handler AMS X Gate 2 Since the alarm message is received from a DECT handset the Event Handler AMS X Gate forwards the alarm message to the Event Handler Unite CM The Event Handler Unite CM accepts the alarm message received from the Event Handler AMS X Gate Note that the Call ID 100 is not configured as messaging user in Unite CM 3 The Event Handler Unite CM can also send messages to a handset number via Event Handler AMS X Gate without having the handset configured as messaging user in Unite CM 4 The Event Handler AMS X Gate forwards the message to the IMS2 that in turn sends the message to the handset Conclusion When sending messages between Event Handlers the sender receiver of the alarm message is not needed to be configured as messaging user in Unite CM 06 March 2013 Ver 261 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Index W C web messaging s reee 151 WLAN Interfaces tere fes 137 Central phonebook WLAN Systemi iiciin iaren a ii e 137 CMG Settings i ricin aea aa ERA 95 D DECT Iritetface eee ese te 125 DECT interface DECT phone systems Alcatel OmniPCX Enterprise 125
115. absent See 15 4 3 Absence Status for Offline Devices on page 132 for more information 1 Offline means that the handset is out of range turned off or out of battery 06 March 2013 Ver 64 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 14 Module Redundancy A redundant system consists of an active module and a standby module When setting up the module redundancy in the system the primary Unite CM will act as an active module and the secondary Unite CM will act as a standby module When the active module goes down the system will automatically switch to the standby module that becomes an active module The modules will indicate that the system no longer is redundant since no data synchronization between the modules can be performed Prerequisites In order to set up module redundancy in Unite CM the following requirements must be fulfilled The hardware variant Elise3 Lite or Elise3 Standard must be identical on both the primary and secondary module The installed software version 4 xx or higher must be identical on both modules The Unite CMs must use the same type of SD card of minimum 1 GB capacity Refer to Data Sheet Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92739EN for more information on which SD cards that currently are supported e The primary Unite CM must support module redundancy license dependent feature The secondary Unite CM must not have any licenses installed e RS23
116. ace in the inactive shift blocks the Not reachable condition in the active shift Setup diversion for 9000 Database utilization 0 0 Diversion EJ 9000 WLAN Messaging Interface EJE ra IF OUT OF RANGE Inactive work shift 7000 WLAN Messaging Interface Day shift only Was D IF OUTOF RANGE 8000 WLAN Messaging Interface Morning shift only Active work shift DS IF NOTREACHABLE 8000 WLAN Messaging Interface Morning shift only EZ The solution is to add an additional Out of range condition as shown in the figure above In this case the diversion will be sent to 8000 if needed A Call ID could not be You have entered a Call ID Define a messaging user with the found in the Number Plan that is not defined as missing Call ID when saving the Call ID in messaging user in the Unite a Group ID Fault Action CM Handler or Basic Alarm Manager BAM In a multi site number plan Add the Call ID by pressing OK where several Unite CMs are in the dialog window that used has your Unite CM lost appears when pressing Save the connection to the Unite CM that holds the Call ID Check that your Unite CM has correct UNS Operating Mode settings That is your Unite CM must be connected to correct the Unite CM that holds the Call ID 06 March 2013 Ver 217 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 24 4 3 Troubleshooting for NetPage Fault Probable cause Action or comment
117. aces C documents File Folder 04 05 2011 11 58 Internet Explorer 3 Coftpuser File Folder 04 05 2011 11 58 a MoD t G netpage File Folder 04 05 2011 11 58 ERT startpage File Folder 04 05 2011 11 58 E My Network Places Buser File Folder 04 05 2011 11 58 vs jj User ftpuser eo Internet Figure 72 Folders on the FTP area 1 Internet Explorer is not an FTP client It can be used for viewing but not for transferring files 06 March 2013 Ver 171 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 22 2 3 Default User Interfaces ascom Unite Connectivity Manager Send Message Phonebook Device Manager ei Users amp Groups Activity Log Viewer Duty Assignment Action Assignment i dE Figure 73 Start page default user interface index template Configuration Setup Wizard K A copy of the default start page of Unite CM see Figure 73 above is stored in the start page folder on the FTP area of Unite CM The start page index_template is an html file which can be copied and edited It is also possible to replace the start page with a completely new user interface When the edited or new html file is saved as index html and placed in the Start page folder on the FTP area of Unite CM it will replace the default start page NetPage Fo cai Use predefinedmessage Type Noma M Receivers Message text
118. ach fault message The priority order can be changed by using the arrows An action can be deleted by clicking the delete symbol 06 March 2013 Ver 191 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Default Action The Default action is triggered on all faults that have not been processed by any of the previous actions In the Default action it is only possible to set actions since it is automatically triggered on all remaining faults The Default action cannot be deleted and is automatically placed last in the action list Add Fault Action 1 Click the Add Action button 2 Enter the name of the action mandatory and additional text if wanted in the Notes field Fault Action Action Name Notes 3 Enter the trigger conditions The trigger can include either host name IP address type of module or level of the fault The type of module is found in the Unite Module overview page At least one of the three fields Hostname IP address Module or Level must be entered to create a trigger Trigger Normally either the host name IP address or module is entered as trigger condition If both are entered both have to match the incoming fault message Host name IP Address Module Level All v Add Trigger 4 The action can have more than one trigger To add more triggers click Add Trigger Define actions that indicate the fault see descriptions under Define Actions below how to conf
119. ae lamp xf X Cancel Figure 112 Cold storage room door closed For Input Trigger Cold storage door closed When the door closes the actions are started The output is set to the initial state again after 1 second Summary of alarm actions This figure shows a list of the Alarm Action setup in the examples 06 March 2013 Ver n Alarm Actions Y Messaging Number of triggers 8 50 V Phonebook Name Triggers Alarm amp Events Pushbutton Alarm Alarm Type Push button Gox from 1440 double press Number 1440 Lm Alarm cancellation Data 1440 gx Advan indir Cold storage room Input Cold storage door 7 x AMC Management chen closed Locations t Mic Ciaran e F x Y Fault Handling Cold storage room Dice tects ed ie 7 x Supervision open Input Cokd storage door still Y Activity Log e Y Status i a WLAN Portables Add Figure 113 Summary of Alarm Actions 244 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Appendix G ASCII table ASCII stands for American Standard Code for Information Interchange The ASCII table is like a dictionary for translating numbers into characters The table below shows the translation of decimal numbers into characters Dec Char Dec Char Dec Char Dec Char 0 NUL null 32 Space 64 96 1 SOH start of heading 33 65 A 97 a 2 STX start of text 34 n 66 B 98 b 3 ETX end of text 35 67 C 99 C 4 EOT end of transmis
120. ages enter the user name user and the password password Click Add message Enter the name of the message and add a message text of maximum 250 characters Set the message type beep signal and priority Click Save Oo ui A U N Click Close to exit the administration 19 2 3 Edit a Predefined Message 1 Click the Common Messages or My Messages button in NetPage For Common Messages enter user name and password default user and password 2 Click the message that shall be changed 3 Make the changes and click Save 4 Click Close to exit the administration 19 2 4 Message History Status Status on the last sent message Status Description Message accepted The message is accepted by NetPage and will be transmitted Message completed The Messaging System has completed the transmission of the message In the default user interface index4 other message history statuses can appear such as Thetime and date a message was delivered Call Diversion e Manual Acknowledge Delivery Receipt Absence NOTE A handset that is offline will normally not be indicated as absent Instead the status Fail will be shown However the Unite CM can treat the handset as absent even when it is offline see 15 4 3 Absence Status for Offline Devices on page 132 In that case the handset will also be indicated as absent in the Message history field 19 3 My Groups NOTE My Groups are
121. aging on page 162 15 4 3 Absence Status for Offline Devices on page 132 Appendix M Multiple Event Handlers on page 261 Updated 2 4 Basic Configuration Steps on page 11 described that the module key is shown in the wizard 4 1 Add Users to Unite CM on page 20 4 3 2 Multicast Group on page 31 clarified that a handset can be a member in maximum 8 Multicast groups 4 7 Manage Central Phonebook Entries on page 38 4 9 Alarm Handling on page 44 8 2 Customize the Search Result Text on page 91 and 19 2 Create and Send Messages via NetPage on page 148 supported character encodings added 4 9 Alarm Handling on page 44 clarified the difference between the BAM and Event Handler 4 11 6 Duty Assignment on page 58 note regarding that maximum 6 000 duty assignments can be added 9 1 1 ESPA Protocol In on page 101 clarified that two ESPA systems can be connected simultaneously Change Absent Status on page 64 note regarding absence status for offline handset added 14 2 1 SMTP Input Interface receive e mail as message on page 121 parameter IP Address of Event Handler added 15 3 3 DECT Message Distribution on page 130 described that port 1817 is required if encrypted DECT is used 15 4 1 Absence List on page 132 clarified the absence statuses 18 System 900 Interface on page 139 examples of configuration added 19 2 4 Message History Status on page 149 described which absent status that is supported by Netpage 22 2 6 Transla
122. ail shall be accepted from specific mail servers clients only the IP addresses must be specified here If e mail shall be accepted from specific sender addresses only the e mail addresses must be specified here 14 2 2 SMTP Output Interface send reply message as e mail Subject text and body text in acknowledgement and delivery reports back to origin sender can be modified 1 2 3 Click Configuration on the start page Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page Click SMTP under Output Interfaces in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Mail subject when user sends positive negative acknowledge Mail body when user sends positive acknowledge Mail body when user sends negative acknowledge Mail subject when user sends written response Length of subject copied to the subject ofthe reply Mail subject prefix for delivery report Mail body for successful delivery report Mail body for failed delivery report Send delivery report on HEHHEHHHHEH HH User acknowledge Accepted Rejected User response 0 RE The message has been delivered The message could not be delive C Success v Failure Mail server The following settings can be selected changed Settings Mail subject when user sends positive negative acknowledgement 06 March 2013 Ver Description Subject text in acknowledgement sent to origin s
123. an be stopped by clicking the Stop updating view FW symbol It is also possible to pause by selecting the Lock scrolling check box Activity Leg Windows Internet aplore E hio 1172 29 10 9akgalactety_log_acoket ho X YOOT 0 15 124 05 Eas UH t Status Log Figure 88 The information of the most recent activity logs are viewed The symbol located next to the Lock scrolling check box indicates that the continuous view is activated When the extended activity log is enabled for a module the symbol for extended activity logs will show up in front of incoming intermediate logs This log is only for quick information a real activity log will appear shortly after 23 6 2 Storage Settings Storage Settings Messages Message priority Store messages with specified prionties v Low 7 Normal v High v Alarm Figure 89 The Storage Settings page showing the basic storage settings The storage settings are divided into basic settings and advanced settings With the basic settings it is possible to store activities based on set priority This concerns messages 06 March 2013 Ver 201 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN messages with confirmation interactive messages and responses on messages all other types of activities will be stored In the advanced settings it is possible to configure whether or not to store depending on receiver sender and type of activity
124. and or Work Shift the user shall belong to must be defined before a user can be added to it Refer to 4 4 Create User Teams on page 34 and 4 5 Create Work Shifts on page 34 The messaging system to which the user belongs that is Category is defined in the Setup Wizard Users amp Groups ii Figure 7 Users amp Groups 1 Click Users amp Groups on the start page 2 Select Messaging gt Users in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click the Add button Using the Advanced Add button gives you the possibility to create individual passwords select user teams and create diversion rules for the user see 4 2 06 March 2013 Ver 20 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Additional User Settings on page 23 Last Name FirstName CallID Number Address Category italia ddos Category Mouse Mickey 1090 1090 gt DECT TX Mouse Minnie 1091 1091 DECT TRX Duck Daisy 1081 1081 DECT PRX Duck Donald 1080 1080 gt x select category Y lal X 4 Enter following settings Setting Description Last Name The family name First Name The first given name Call ID The Call ID can be numerical or a text string max 50 characters Normally the Call ID is set as the same as the handset phone number Number Address The phone number or the personal address within selected category Category This is the messaging system to which the handset belongs
125. art 06 March 2013 Ver 212 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Fault Probable cause Action or comment Software downloads are Wrong file selected for Make sure that the URL to the aborted download to devices External desired software is correct and web server retry Make sure that the file is intended for that device Low software download The charger is not connected Configure the advanced charger performance to handset to the Device Manager not so that it connects and logs on to inserted in charger online in the Device Manager the correct Device Manager The handset is online only via OTA Communication failure to The device did not respond in Repeat the action after a while to device an expected way The reason see if it is possible to could be temporary communicate with the device communication problems caused by coverage problems or network problems e No connection available Max number of Device Close the other Device Manager for the Device Manager X Manager GUI s has been GUI to open new A maximum of GUI reached ten Device Manager GUls can be connected The Device Manager server No Action the server will be up side is restarted due to within a few minutes reconfiguration The Device Manager is No Action the server will be up temporarily unavailable due soon to restore of database The network is preventing No action th
126. as in the Central Unit 18 1 System 900 Configuration Page 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 141 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 Click System 900 under 900 Interface in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page System 900 Interface Bus operating mode Module address Module priority Default number of transmissions Configuration of parameters below No A bus Previous Factory i 01 3v 2 Automatic v Number of digits in call number 34 Prefix and call number range FFFFFFFF Only valid when A bus with Central Unit is selected Only manual configuration Send module status from A bus to Unite Yes v HHBHHBHRHBHBHHBH Call Diversion Display Text Disabled v To 96 View advanced parameters cancel 4 Enter select the following settings e Bus operating mode A bus with Central Unit Unite CM is connected to a system with a Central Unit If Unite CM expects an A bus with Central Unit Unite CM will indicate application problem A bus without Central Unit Unite CM controls the communication on the A bus This option can for example be used if you want to connect the Receiver Interface T980RI directly to the Unite CM s A bus No A bus connected The A bus connection is not used
127. ate the text within translation and helptext tags and save the file Import the XML file Import language file Enable translation mode O Apply in Translation mode all text will be exchanged with the identification in the language file This can be used to identify where a text is displayed in the GUI 06 March 2013 Ver 167 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 Click an existing language link to create or update languages An XML file is generated from Unite CM and a File download window opens 5 Save the file for translation or editing purposes The file can be saved in any name during the translation 22 1 2 Translate Edit the Language NOTE This translation does not affect the NetPage GUI If you want to translate the that GUI see Example GUI index4 default NetPage User Interface on page 177 In the downloaded language file there are numerous tags but only the translation of two tags and one attribute are mandatory e language id English the id attribute is the text that appears in the drop down list e translation text displayed in menus on buttons tabs etc e lt helptext gt on line help text Below is an example of a language file just showing two buttons with helptext for simplicity lt xml versionz 1 0 encodingz ISO 8859 1 translations language id English type complete gt lt app id Alarm Manager gt lt text id
128. be used as an example for XML messages received by event handler from external systems XML messages are written as tag value tag 1 1 Example XML message The following example XML message is used to explain the XML protocol template delivered with Unite CM Message lt Type gt PSPA lt Type gt lt PSPA gt lt Patient gt lt Id gt 1234567890 lt Id gt lt Name gt lt Prefix gt Miss lt Prefix gt lt Given gt Pippi lt Given gt lt Family gt Langkous lt Family gt lt Name gt lt Location gt lt Ward gt Name First aid Name Ward Room lt Name gt R1 lt Name gt lt Room gt lt Bed gt lt Name gt S4 lt Name gt lt Bed gt lt Location gt lt Patient gt lt PSPA gt lt Message gt 1 1 1 Define XML Segment Data The translation table is defined as The source text must be an incrementing number indicating an index to each element that needs to be extracted from the XML message The destination text defines which tag values are extracted from the XML document Source text incrementing number starting at 1 e Destination text lt ELEMENT_NAME gt lt Xpath expression gt Where ELEMENT NAME Name of the Event element that is sent to the Action handler e a mandatory delimiter that is needed by the event handler configuration 06 March 2013 Ver 253 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e Xpath expre
129. been configured in Unite CM The Messaging Categories will automatically be added to the template The template only supports Latin 1 character encoding The template is used to easily add multiple users to the Unite CM but the template can also be used to get an overview of the existing user information The existing user information included in the template cannot be edited and should be removed from the template before adding new users since existing users will not be imported If existing user information in Unite CM needs to be edited it must be done manually in the user interface 1 Click Users amp Groups on the start page 13 Ver 22 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 2 Select Messaging Import in the menu on the Configuration page Import users csv Character encoding Latini v Separator character Include existing users in template Include existing groups in template Click to obtain an Import Template 3 Select character to use as separator in the template 4 Mark the checkbox es if existing Users and or Groups is to be included in the template 5 Click the Import Template link and save the file 6 Open the CSV file and read the instructions 7 Add users and save the file Import the users 8 Click Browse to locate the CSV file 9 Click Import Note that user information in the CSV file only adds new users to Unite CM it does not support
130. book CMG Server Address Previous Port Number User name Password 06 March 2013 Ver 95 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 8 7 1 Enter the IP address or host name to the server in the CMG Server Address text field 2 Enter the port number to be used by the CMG server in the Port Number text field 3 Enter user name and password for logging in to the CMG server in the User name and Password text fields 4 Click Activate Digit manipulation in the Central Phonebook When importing telephone numbers it is sometimes necessary to automatically change the way a number is written according to preset conditions Depending on where a number is situated Unite CM can alter the number that is returned in a phonebook query If for example the queried number is situated within the same local exchange the telephone number is considered to be an internal number and the number is stripped from superfluous international prefixes etc Telephone number standards There are several standardized ways of writing telephone numbers The following formats are currently supported Format Comment 4631559300 E 164 international standard and E 123 031 559300 E 123 local number 46 031 559300 National prefix national destination code in parentheses 46 0 31559300 National prefix in parentheses 46 31 559300 Canonical address format 4631551234 Digits o
131. both sites 06 March 2013 Ver 162 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 1i Click Messaging Composite Categories on the Configuration page 2 Click Add new category Category Description CompS900 Site Administration IP address Service Extension 10 304 1 category A x 10 3042 x Add Site Empty Copy previous Save Gone 3 In the Category description text field enter the description of the composite category will also be shown under Messaging Categories 4 Click Add Site 5 In the IP address text field enter the IP address of the Unite CM located on the S900 site to be included in the composite category Maximum nine S900 sites can be added to a composite category 6 If needed in the Service Extension text field enter optional addressing information For example System 900 category information where the Service Extension is set to categoryzX X represents the System 900 category A to J 7 If needed repeat steps 4 5 to add additional IP address es Select Copy Previous if you want to copy the previous IP address 8 Click Save The composite category can now be mapped to an S900 messaging user see 4 1 2 Add messaging users for paging on page 21 20 6 1 Edit or Delete a Composite Category 1 Click Messaging Composite Categories on the Configuration page Click the 5f symbol to the right of the Category you want to edit N Pe Make yo
132. by Wizard Line Protocol EH NOT USED NOT USED Set by Wizard TAP E NOT USED NOT USED Set by Wizard 4 Click a link for the protocol you want to use ESPA Line protocol or TAP on the Serial Interface page 5 Continue in 9 1 1 ESPA Protocol In 9 1 2 Ascom Line Protocol or 9 1 3 TAP Protocol in on page 103 06 March 2013 Ver 100 Installation and Operation Manual Control station selection Address of external equipment Address of this module Default Call ID IP Address of Event Handler Default display message Default message priority Default beep code Default method for ack Default urgency Transmission delay x10 ms Identical pagings treatment Running number to ext equipment 06 March 2013 Ver Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 9 1 1 ESPA Protocol In 1 The following settings can be selected changed Settings Description Enabled Yes No selection Default No Name Description of the channel Serial port Port selection 1 2 Default None Port 2 will be selected when set from the Wizard but both ports can be configured here It is possible to have two ESPA systems connected to the Unite CM simultaneously where one system is connected to port 1 and the other one is connected to port 2 Bit rate Select bit rate Default 9600 bits s Mode Select mode Default 8 Data bits Even parity Flow control Used for handshaking control Default None ESPA dialect Sel
133. cally created credentials 1 Enter User name and Password in the text fields 2 Click Activate 06 March 2013 Ver 81 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 7 4 Remote Management Through Unite CM it is possible to establish a remote connection to a customer site This makes it possible to configure and maintain sites independent of distance The remote management connection is established via the Remote Management Client RMC which is a Windows based tool For installation and configuration of the RMC refer to Installation and Operation Manual Remote Management Client TD 92256GB NOTE Serial port 2 COM2 on Unite CM is recommended to use for remote management To be able to connect remotely the remote management server in Unite CM has to be configured The helptext buttons in the GUI will give you more information about each parameter setting 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Select Remote Management in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Remote Management Server Remote connection Edit Open ports EJ Edit Serial port channel R NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED Remote connection 1 Click Edit for Remote Connection to set up the connection parameters Connection parameters Password password Require user identification No Serial port None Y PPP
134. ced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Select View Absence List in the left menu in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page The Absence List opens The handset identity and absence type are shown e Manual absent The handset has been set in Message absence mode by the user of the handset e In storage rack Rack absent The handset is put in a charger NOTE Depending on handset the In charger action might also be set to Message absence in the handset It is possible to manually remove a handset from the absent list by clicking the corresponding Remove link When clicking Remove the Unite CM will consider the handset as present 15 4 2 Clear Absence List The absence list in Unite CM can be cleared This has to be done for example when a Unite CM is reinstalled in a system since the absence list then will be out of date This should only be used as a last resort if there is a permanent mismatch in the system Click Configuration on the start page Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page Select Clear Absence List in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Click the Clear button BR WN HG NOTE When the absence list is cleared Unite CM will consider handsets that currently are placed in a charger or manually set to absent as present 15 4 3 Absence Status for Offline Devices When Manual absent or Rack absent is not set in an offline han
135. cense Number for Unite CM on page 89 clarification on how to enter license keys 12 1 Text Display Settings on page 114 parameters added due to new corridor display 21 2 Switch Software on page 164 description of Keep prev settings added 15 May 2012 Updated 7 12 Setting License Number for Unite CM on page 89 note regarding that no reboot of Unite CM is required if upgrading the number of users 4 10 1 Add Alarm Actions on page 45 Activation of PTT in loudspeaking mode added Screenshots also updated 21 2 Switch Software on page 164 note regarding factory default settings added 21 3 1 Install New Software in a Redundant System on page 166 24 4 2 Troubleshooting Guide for Unite CM on page 215 troubleshooting for Advanced Diversion added Appendix B 1 separate cables for DCT1800 and DCT1900 Added 4 8 4 Input Activity Distribution on page 43 6 Device Configuration on page 74 7 5 Unlock GUI Managed by Unite AM on page 84 15 3 4 SMS Character Set on page 131 Appendix B 5 Appendix K Appendix L 06 March 2013 Ver 224 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Version Date Description H 27 November 2012 Added 4 6 Import an ESS Backup File on page 35 4 1 2 Add messaging users for paging on page 21 7 1 1 Hostname Setting in Fault Handler E mail on page 79 15 2 Mixed DECT Systems on page 126 20 6 Add S900 Composite Category for Multi Site P
136. chapter 4 8 Input Output Setup on page 39 e Customize the Start page and NetPage GUI the Start page and the NetPage user interface can be customized to suit the individual customer requirements concerning functionality Refer to chapter 22 2 Customize the User Interface GUI on page 170 e Remote Connection it is possible to establish a remote connection to a customer site which makes it possible to configure and maintain sites independent of distance Refer to chapter 7 4 Remote Management on page 82 e Open Access Protocol OAP enables communication with other systems connected to Unite CM Refer to chapter 7 6 Open Access Protocol OAP on page 84 e Java Server makes it possible to develop customized applications for communication with other systems connected to Unite CM Refer to chapter 7 7 Java Server GSM on page 85 06 March 2013 Ver 12 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e SMTP Mail makes it possible to receive send SMTP mail Refer to chapter 14 SMTP Mail Interface on page 120 e Module Redundancy makes it possible to set up a pair of Unite CM modules for redundancy Refer to chapter Module Redundancy on page 65 Cisco Interface makes is possible to establish a connection between the Unite CM and Cisco IP phones Refer to chapter Cisco Interface Configuration on page 134 06 March 2013 Ver 13 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Ma
137. cify IP address es to accept data from If left empty all 1 5 addresses will be accepted 2 Click Activate 11 1 3 Serial ports 1 Click a NOT USED link and configure following Serial port parameters Settings Description Name Enter a name for this port Serial port Select port Input Start Stop character string Input Start Stop character string Baud rate Data Bits Stop Bits Parity RTS Is entered with a syntax code see 11 1 Syntax for ASCII Code Translation on page 109 Is entered with a syntax code see 11 1 Syntax for ASCII Code Translation on page 109 Select baud rate used by the connected module Select data bits used by the connected module Select number of stop bits used by the connected module Select parity used by the connected module Select how to handle the RTS signal Restart data capture on receiving Start Word Defines if the data capture shall restart when a start character word is encountered Character encoding of external data Defines how external data shall be interpreted Internal data format Defines how data is formatted when sent to Unite 2 Click Activate 06 March 2013 Ver 111 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 11 1 4 HTTP client 1 Click a NOT USED link and configure following HTTP client parameters HTTP Client settings Description Click on an HTTP client connection to set the parameters always use the
138. cription Enabled The TAP configuration can be enabled or disabled If disabled the serial port is free to use for other purposes Default No Name Enter a name for the channel Serial port Port selection None 1 2 Default None Bitrate Select bitrate Default 9600 bits s Mode Communication mode to use Default 8 Data bits Even parity Flow control Decides whether flow control shall be used Default None ASCII conversion table This table makes it possible to set up a transformation of display message characters 06 March 2013 Ver 108 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 11 ASCII Interface Requires an additional license Unte CM has an Ascii interface which makes it possible to interpret alarm and messages from different systems receive messages via serial ports and enable access to external servers over HTTP The received data can then be sent to a Unite destination default the Event Handler in Unite CM Received data can also be monitored in Unite CM see 11 2 Data Monitor on page 112 11 1 Syntax for ASCII Code Translation To enter control characters the Start Stop string in the TCP Server parameter can be used The Serial Communication parameter is entered with Ascii code syntax A decimal number is written between a backslash and a semicolon which will then be translated into its character For example syntax M EOT V6 ACK X28 FS etc
139. ction Description System Supervision and Fault Handling in Unite TD 92252GB Function Description Number Planning and Message Routing in Unite TD 92254GB Function Description Product Licensing Overview TD 92677GB Function Description Interactive Messaging IM TD 92168GB nstallation and Operation Manual Remote Management Client TD 92256GB Data Sheet Alarm Modules T941AM8 AM32 TD 90862GB nstallation Guide Alarm Module T941AM8 TD 90858GB nstallation Guide Alarm Module T941AM32 TD 90854GB Data Sheet Output Module T9410M TD 90964GB nstallation Guide Output Module T9410M TD 90859GB Programming Guide Event Handler TD 92329GB Programming Guide Open Java Server OJS TD 92230GB Protocol Serial Data Interface S942SI TD 92088GB System Description Unite TD 92243GB System Planning Unite TD 92258GB 06 March 2013 Ver 222 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 26 Document History For details in the latest version see change bars in the document Version Date Description A 6 September 2010 First released version B 30 September Updates in chapter 1 1 and other minor changes C 7 June 2011 Added chapters 3 3 2 Set Password Policy on page 17 3 4 Disable the NetBIOS Service on page 18 3 5 Allow Fragmented TCP Packets on page 18 3 7 Message Routing Description on page 19 4 1 3 Import users from a CSV file on page 22 4 2 Additional User Settings on page 23 4 3 Create Groups on
140. cy is activated see 4 14 Module Redundancy on page 65 the error relay should only be connected to the primary Unite CM since it is preferred to be the active module al Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Status gt Active Faults in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click Reset button 4 13 3 Level of Seriousness for different Fault Types Module Fault List A module fault list exists which shows codes and statuses etc for each module in the system The list is used for setting up actions in the fault handler for all errors of a certain level of seriousness The level of seriousness can be changed for different fault types in the logs 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click Troubleshoot button on the Advanced Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 60 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 Select Module Fault List in the menu to open the list Module Fault List Module Supervisor Code Status Persistent Seriousness 7 3 16 Start of module No No Error Default 3 3 7 Reoccurring application failure Yes Critical Default Mj 3 3 8 Application restarted No Error Default v 10 3 10 Module key failure Yes Critical Default v 12 3 21 Module running in demonstration mode Yes Information Defz v 12 3 22 All applications stopped Yes Freor D
141. d The new ID is a string of maximum 50 characters IDs that are not included in the table will be sent to the alarm system without any conversion 06 March 2013 Ver 133 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 16 Cisco Interface Cisco interface is a gateway between the Unite messaging system and Cisco IP phones and sends messages from Unite to Cisco It contains a simple configuration GUI and interacts with the Cisco Unified Communications Manager CUCM and the Cisco IP phones The CUCM is the central node in a Cisco phone network with information about all handsets and calls It also keeps track of which handsets that exist and which handsets that are connected The configuration is done both in the Cisco interface and in the CUCM The Cisco interface contains settings for communications with the phones communication with the CUCM and translations In the CUCM users are created and handsets are associated to the users 16 1 CUCM Configuration The administration of users and devices is done in the CUCM Users are added and phones are associated to the users 1 Go to the home page of the CUCM 2 Create a new user The default Phone user used in the Cisco interface is called UniteSystem this can be changed in the configuration of the Cisco interface Associate the user to all phones that shall be used 4 Set SNMP parameters 16 2 Cisco Interface Configuration The ECG uses SNMP to obtai
142. d for redundancy purposes the IP address of the secondary DECT system needs to be entered 15 3 3 DECT Message Distribution The DECT Interface has distribution lists that define where incoming data from handsets for example alarms and user data should be sent To find settings for DECT Message Distribution do as follows 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click Messaging Distribution under DECT Interface in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page The following information is supported e Alarm Personal alarms with location information from handsets in the Cordless Telephone System e Mobile Data User data sent from handsets in the Cordless Telephone System Location Special Location information from handsets in the Cordless Telephone System This information can be used to track the route of a handset in a building Availability Includes absence information i e if a handset is placed in Charging Storage Rack The addressing of the receivers is described in Installation Guide Elise3 TD 92679GB 1 The Special Location can be sent every time a cordless handset gets a new location code from a location device in the system This requires configuration both in the handset and in the location device Also called Immediate Alarm Transmission 06 March 2013 Ver 130 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Con
143. d lead to several actions The actions can be repeated at a regular time interval as long as an input is active Input An input on Unite CM or an input on an Alarm Module connected to the A bus Output An output on Unite CM or an output on an Output Module connected to the A bus Trigger A trigger is a set of conditions that have to be fulfilled for example that an input has to be open for a certain time period or that an alarm has been sent from a handset Several triggers of the same type can be defined for each alarm action The actions will be carried out when any of the triggers is fulfilled Action Sending a message to a handset activating an output or initiating a push to talk PTT conference call Escalation If a message with confirmation request has not been accepted within the set number of seconds an escalation action can be started If several messages were sent the escalation will be cancelled as soon as one of them is accepted If on the other hand the message is rejected by all recipients the escalation will start immediately Up to three escalation levels are possible 4 10 Basic Alarm Manager The Basic Alarm Manager BAM is a basic tool that allows the user to simply determine what should trigger an alarm and which action to be done after the alarm TIP If you want to configure trigger action that is not included in the BAM use the Event Handler instead See 4 11 Advanced Event Handling on page 51
144. ddress to which a message is sent In the Number Plan all Call IDs must be defined A Call ID can either be numerical or a text string The following list gives an example of a number planning table the destination address format is written as Number Address Category where category stands for an IP address with a service for example Number Address 172 23 9 151 DECT Call ID Destination Address 7123 9123 DECT phone 8123 9123 Pager Lars 9401 DECT phone 06 March 2013 Ver 19 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 Basic Configuration The basic configuration requires system administrator or administrator rights With user rights you will only be able to access and configure Users amp Groups and the Phonebook Refer to chapter 3 General on page 14 4 1 Add Users to Unite CM There are several ways to add users to the Unite CM e Add users manually Import users from a CSV file 4 1 3 Import users from a CSV file on page 22 Import messaging configuration from an ESS backup file see 4 6 Import an ESS Backup File on page 35 Depending on how the users are added additional configuration might be set as shown in the table below Manually CSV file ESS backup file Users X X X Messaging categories X Groups x Work shifts X Teams 7 X Diversions 4 1 1 Add users manually Users must be added to enable messaging in the system and any User Team
145. ded to the string after the hyphen The filter set up in the SNMP trap action is matched against the created string Example When a Cisco access point restarts a trap with OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 9 0 0 is sent The first variable holds the uptime for the access point Unite CM creates a string with the following appearance 1 3 6 1 4 1 9 0 0 4 days 21 56 52 90 When setting up the SNMP trap actions consult the MIB provided by the vendor for more information about the traps In addition set up the default action to include the received information in the sent Status Log and force the equipment to generate traps to get detailed information 06 March 2013 Ver 188 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Default SNMP Trap Action The default action will be matched for all traps that are not matched by any other actions that are set up In the Status Log the module will be set to and the IP address and Event Description will be copied from the received trap 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Supervision SNMP Traps in the menu on the Configuration page SNMP Trap Actions SNMP Trap Actions will be matched in listed order Only one action will be matched i e when a condition matches the incoming SNMP Trap no more actions will not be matched Module IP Address Filter Enabled DEFAULT 4 Add SNMP Trap Action Figure 82 The default settings for SNMP traps action Change Status Le
146. default user interface index4 06 March 2013 Ver 177 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Text which needs to be translated is found in two different files Translation of texts in the user interface including text in Administrate pages but excluding text in the Java Applet are found in the language js file Translation of the Java Applet Message history field is found in the receive html file see figure 78 on page 177 NOTE The default NetPage GUI can be translated into language with UTF 8 character encoding 1 Download copy the files language js and receive html from the FTP area see 22 2 2 Files for Translation Editing on page 171 2 Open the language js file in a text editor for example Wordpad Add the translation inside the quotation marks after the English text see example below Add Group will become Add Group Your translation Save the file 3 Open the receive html file in a text editor for example Wordpad Add the translation inside the quotation marks after the English text see example below PARAM NAME English text VALUE Your translation Save the file 4 Upload paste the files to the FTP area see 22 2 7 Upload the Files to the FTP Area on Unite CM on page 178 NOTE The parameter Default GUI must be set to Custom The parameter is found on the Advanced Configuration page gt Web Messaging 5 Refresh the page and check th
147. defined in the Setup Wizard Updating or adding messaging systems is done in Messaging gt Categories Divert to Number Address The number address to divert the message to if the Call ID is not reachable delivery failure absent or out of range This is the primary destination for diverted messages However conditional diversions can be added after creation of the primary diversion See 4 2 1 Advanced Diversion on page 25 Category The messaging system to which the handset that shall receive the diverted messages belongs 5 Click the symbol to save the added user only Use the Save button to save all users if many users are added 4 1 2 Add messaging users for paging It is possible to add messaging users dedicated for paging only without consuming messaging users by mapping the users to a S900 paging category The messaging users for paging are added in the same way as regular messaging users see 4 1 1 Add users manually In this chapter will messaging users for paging furthermore be called paging users In figure 8 on page 22 have two paging users been added In the upper right corner is plus 2 licence free users shown indicating that the paging users have been added without consuming any messaging users 06 March 2013 Ver 21 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Last Name EJS W Show all User 1 4 of 4 Number of licensed users 2 100 plus 2 licence free
148. display Default TTL Default time for the message to be stored if not specified in the message 06 March 2013 Ver 114 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Default display type Empty message Message refresh time seconds NOTE Only applicable for Adaptive NICD displays Priority x colour x priority 1 to 9 Buzzer off period NOTE Only applicable for teleCARE displays Text Display settings ID IP address IP port Text display type 06 March 2013 Ver The display type selected here will be used as default display type when adding text displays This can be overridden individually for each display Specifies what will be displayed if no messages are stored How to set the current time 12 or 24 hour clock as empty message is described in the helptext Forces the display to refresh even if the message has not changed Default 70 disabled by 0 The message priority can be visible in the text display with different colors Red Green Yellow Default Red for priority 1 3 Yellow for priority 4 6 and Green for priority 7 9 Specifies the times of the day when a display s buzzer will be muted The Buzzer off period consists of a start time and an end time written in the following format hh mm hh mm no spaces are allowed in the text string Example 00 00 00 00 the buzzer is always muted Empty field default the buzzer is nev
149. dset it is possible to let the Unite CM to treat the handset as absent Use this feature to make sure that the sending module for example Netpage will treat an offline handset in the same way as an absent handset that is online When this feature is enabled and the handset is offline it will not appear as absent in the Absence List The handset will only be indicated as absent in the application for example Netpage that sends a message to the handset Note that this parameter only will have affect when a handset has no absent set and then goes offline If a handset with absent set goes offline the existing absent status will be reported to the Unite CM even when this feature is enabled 1 Offline means that the handset is out of range turned off or out of battery 06 March 2013 Ver 132 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN NOTE This setting also affects how offline WLAN handsets should be treated Click Configuration on the start page Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page Click Absence Handling BR WN HG In the Treat offline devices as absent drop down list select how offline handsets should be treated 5 Click Activate to save the setting 15 5 Base Station Conversion The base station IDs that are received together with personal alarms can be converted to another ID before it is sent to the system 15 5 1 Backgro
150. e Import 3 Click Import to import the ESS messaging configuration The import of the ESS backup might take a while depending on the number of messaging users etc to be imported Example This example describes how the information from the ESS is imported to the Unite CM Call ID Ranges Note that individual Call IDs always override IDs in the ranges Call ID Range Description Number Address Range Category 3999 4000 3999 4000 gt DECT Diversion xc Add Range Individual Call IDs Call ID Description Number Address Category 2000 Adam S Call ID 2000 DECT Adam S device 2000 DECT 3999 Erica S Call ID incl in Call ID range 3999 DECT ins device incl in Call ID 3999 gt DECT 4100 Shared handset Day shift 4100 DECT Diversion xc 5000 5000 gt DECT Diversion Figure 11 Example of call IDs devices and users in ESS In Figure 11 the following ESS configuration is shown 2000 CallID and device with user associated 3999 Call ID and device with user associated The Call ID is also included in the Call ID range 4000 Call ID without user associated Only included in the Call ID range 4100 Call ID without user associated A description of the Call ID has been added instead 5000 Call ID without user associated and without description 06 March 2013 Ver 36 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN LastName L S Showall User 1 5 of 5 Numbe
151. e 22 2 2 Files for Translation Editing on page 171 06 March 2013 Ver 176 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 2 Open the file in a text or HTML editor and translate all words and immediate status texts For existing immediate status texts see table below 3 Save the file 4 Upload paste the file to the FTP area see 22 2 7 Upload the Files to the FTP Area on Unite CM on page 178 5 Check that the user interface looks all right NOTE The parameter Default GUI must be set to Custom The parameter is found on the Advanced Configuration page Web Messaging The following immediate status texts must be translated Exchange the English text with your translation Keep the code 20 30 etc unchanged 20 Message accepted 30 Memory full in message service 31 Message deleted due to time out 40 Message not sent invalid Call ID nst Message not sent nic Message cancelled no license sto Status time out from message service sns Can t receive status nan Message cancelled no Call ID oor Call ID s out of number range Unknown returncode confused Example GUI index4 default NetPage User Interface NetPage Pa To Cal D Add Use group Use predefined message Type Normal language js SMEs on bast message zl Delete Beep code 2beeps j Priority Normal Clear Sekis Send i i Figure 78 Files used for translation of the
152. e Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN messaging NetPage Basic Alarm Manager Serial input Interface ESPA TAP or Ascom Line protocol System Survey Supervision Fault handling Activity Logging for 1 client e FE3 C1ALEBAS Unite Connectivity Manager Enterprise BASE Maximum 1000 Messaging users The Enterprise Base license including 10 Messaging users and management of up to 20 devices in Device Management SMS Location Multicast Broadcast Basic Web Message Tool Remote Management Client Carrier System Interface Messaging groups OAP basic one way messaging System Survey Supervision Fault handling Activity Logging for 1 client e FE3 C1ALEEXT Unite Connectivity Manager Extension BASE The Extension BASE license cannot be used stand alone The module must be connected to a Unite CM Compact or Enterprise The Extension Base license including SMS Location Multicast Broadcast Basic Web Message Tool Remote Management Client Carrier System Interfacet Messaging groups OAP basic one way messaging System Survey Supervision Fault handling Activity Logging for 1 client 1 1 2 Additional User Licenses COMPACT BASE e FE3 C1ALCU10 Unite Connectivity Manager User license Sold in blocks of 10 users MoQ 10 users Enterprise BASE e FE3 C1ALEU10 Unite Connectivity Manager User license Sold in blocks of 10 users MoQ 10 users e FE3 C1ALEUL Unite Connectivity Manager User license Sold in blocks of 10 user
153. e GUI from connecting to the server e All devices log out after The backup is older than the No action All devices will re login restore of a backup device online status report within online status report timeout timeout See device handling e Software files cannot be The files are included in a Remove the files from the deleted baseline baseline configuration Delete the files e The parameter version is There are no compatible pkg Import a pkg file suitable for the displayed in bright redin files imported to the system device The pkg file is provided the Device Manager GUI by the supplier 06 March 2013 Ver 213 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Fault Probable cause Action or comment e The parameter version is The version of the imported Import a pkg file suitable for the displayed in dark red in pkg files are not 10096 device The pkg file is provided the Device Manager GUI compatible with the device by the supplier The parameter version of The device has been No action needed This is not an the Number in the downgraded to a previous error The parameter version will Numbers tab is higher software version with lower be the same after a software than in the parameter parameter version upgrade has been performed on version of the device in device the Devices tab No numbers are visible of The search field is red Current Alter search or use show all to t
154. e S9428I Serial Interface and the supported protocols are described in the document Protocol Serial Data Interface S942SI TD 92088GB To be able to fully understand the limitations it is recommended to have this document available J 1 ESPA4 4 4 J 1 1 Functionality The protocol consists of blocks which consist of records which consist of data J 1 2 Limitations Protocol Blocks The original ESPA 4 4 4 specification has 4 different blocks and an additional 5 th block for equipment manufacturer specified functionality The 5 th block is not used by Ascom and Ericsson dialect instead two additional blocks 7 and 9 are specified for the dialects Request for license Block 7 Ascom and Ericsson dialect This block is not supported since license handling differs from how it was done in 942SI The block is NAK ed if received Request for module key number Block 9 Ascom and Ericsson dialect This block is not supported since license handling differs from how it was done in 942SI The block is NAK ed if received Protocol Records Call type Speech call Record 4 2 Speech paging is not supported This record is handled as a standard paging Record 4 3 Call type Remote ack of old paging in mobile unit Record 4 5 Ascom dialect This record is NAK ed since it is not supported by Unite Call type Erase of old paging Record 4 6 Ascom dialect If neither ID Record 9 or Running Number Record D is included in the mes
155. e database the information will be replaced with Number of Lines X in red colour where X is the number of requested lines When marking a log more information about the log will be found below the list Print Search Result The table with search result can be printed by clicking the printer amp symbol Details for a specific activity log can be printed by marking desired log right clicking and selecting Print Details from the displayed menu View Related Activities To view related activities for example all actions that have been taken as a result of an incoming alarm click the activity log and then click the Related Activity symbol in the toolbar It is also possible to double click the actual activity to open the related activity view or to right click the activity log and choose Related Activities from the displayed menu 8g 4 gt KA p Maron ef Lnes 74 Figure 87 Related activity view Print Related Activities The table with the related activities can be printed by clicking the printer amp symbol 06 March 2013 Ver 200 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Details for a specific activity log can be printed by marking the log right click and selecting Print Details from the displayed menu Continues Log View By clicking the Update view continuously b symbol the activity logs will be displayed when received by Unite CM The logging c
156. e es ee V listening Device Handler Device Handler Interface Interface Figure 40 Device Handler Interface Example 1 The Unite module has a Device Manager enabled In this case points the Unite module to its local Device Handler interface meaning that the devices will logon to that interface The Device Manager asks the interface for logged in devices that will appear in the Device Manager Example 2 The Unite module A does not have a Device Manager enabled In this case the Unite module A points to the Device Handler interface in Unite module B All devices will logon to that interface and the Device Manager will ask the interface about logged in devices that will appear in the Device Manager 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Settings Advanced Configuration on the Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 74 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 Click Device Management The Device Management page opens Device Management Unite Addresses to device interfaces EE 127 00 4 DECT Previous 127 0 0 1 WLAN Factory 127 0 0 11PDECT Enable communication with license server 23 Enabled activate cancel 4 Enter IP address to the Unite module with the Device Handler interface the devices shall logon to followed by the appropriate service e If IP DECT handset is to be managed in the Device Manager enter Unite
157. e in the Separator character drop down list 5 Click Browse to locate the CSV file in the system NOTE The existing entries if any will be overwritten when importing the CSV file 6 Click Import 4 7 2 Export the Central Phonebook to a CSV File The complete central phonebook can be exported to a CSV file for example for editing or backup reasons The exported file will be saved with the character encoding UTF 8 1 Local means that the entries are stored in Unite CM instead of storing the entries on an LDAP or CMG database 06 March 2013 Ver 38 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 1 Click Phonebook on the start page 2 Select Phonebook gt Import Export in the menu Export Export phonebook 3 Click Export 4 Click Save in the dialog window that appears 5 Enter a name of the file and select in which folder the file should be saved and click Save 4 7 3 Add Entries to the Central Phonebook The entries in the central phonebook can be filled in manually The central phonebook supports entries with character encoding UTF 8 for example Russian characters and Swedish characters 1 Click Phonebook on the start page 2 Select Phonebook gt Edit in the menu 3 Click Add Edit Central Phonebook Last Name First Name Number x 4 Enter the following settings in the text fields Setting Description Last Name The family name F
158. e result All buttons except the Administrate area buttons will expand decrease when the text is translated The width of the Administration buttons is fixed but can be altered in the HTML file admin html 22 2 7 Upload the Files to the FTP Area on Unite CM Upload all updated files including GIFs and CSS to the FTP area 1 Log on to Unite CM with an FTP client Note that how to log on can differ between different FTP clients Default username is ftpuser and default password is changemetoo XXX XXX XXX XXX is the host name Examples e Windows Explorer fill in ftp username password a ooxooxxx xxx in the address field e Firefox fill in ftp xXxx xxx xxx xxx in the address field and log on with username and password 2 Upload the files to the netpage folder on the FTP area 22 3 Test the New User Interface It is recommended to test the customized user interface as follows for example e facompany logotype is added check that it looks all right and that Unite CM opens quickly If Unite CM opens slowly minimize the picture file size and save it as interlaced to decrease wait time for the image 1 Internet Explorer is not an FTP client so its not possible to copy and move files from Internet Explorer 06 March 2013 Ver 178 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e Check that all text is correctly translated Senda message e Check that the message hist
159. e sender s IP address and the information in the trap The actions will be matched in the order displayed on the overview page and only one action will be executed By using wildcard several IP addresses can be matched in one action for example 172 20 matches all IP addresses starting with 172 20 Wildcard can also be used to match parts of the SNMP Trap message for example Error matches all messages starting with the word Error while Error matches all messages including the word Error Received traps can be discarded by selecting No Log in the Log Setup This can be used either to discard traps from a specified address or with a specific message or in the default action to discard all traps that are of no interest i e the ones that are not matched by the configured actions Information Received in Traps The information in a trap is defined by the Management Information Base MIB It is defined by the equipment vendor and contains information about which traps the equipment can send The received trap includes a hierarchically structured number called object identifier OID and optional variables For example traps sent from Airespace equipment will have an OID starting with 1 3 1 6 4 1 14179 where 1 3 1 6 4 1 identifies that it is an enterprise specific trap and 14179 stands for Airespace When Unite CM receives a trap it creates a string starting with the OID followed by a hyphen Any received variables are ad
160. e timeout is set on the Administer Fault Log page refer to 4 13 5 Administer Fault Log below 4 13 5 Administer Fault Log In the Administer Fault Log page it is possible to export the log file to CSV Comma Separated Values file format and to clear the status log file from non active faults A timeout can be set to block repeated Status Logs i e the fault will be discarded and no actions will be executed 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Administer Fault Log in the menu on the Configuration page Export Fault Log 1 Click Export 2 Click Save in the dialogue window and enter the file name default name statuslog csv and the file path Clear Fault Log 1 Click Clear 2 Click Yes in the dialogue window to remove all non active faults from the status log file 06 March 2013 Ver 62 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Set Timeout 1 Enter the timeout in minutes 0 1000 minutes the default value is 10 minutes If no Status Logs should be blocked set the timeout to 0 2 Click Set timeout to save the setting 4 13 6 Site Information In the Site Information page it is possible to export information about the site to a text file The text file can be used for support purposes Information about the modules and the supervised equipment will be included in the text file as well as the last 100 status logs 1 Click Configuration on
161. e updated automatically when the reboot is done Update the GUI by clicking the F5 button on your keyboard 5 Do one of the following e Ifthe IP address was changed in the modules Change the IP address in the former primary Unite CM to its origin IP address NOTE If DCHP server is used ask your network administrator to reserve the IP address to the module s MAC address e Ifthe Unite CM s IP address was changed in the equipment for example IP DECT base station that communicates with the Unite CM change back to the Unite CM s origin IP address IMPORTANT Do not remove the SD memory card from the Unite CM that acted as primary module The SD memory card on that module will still be used as storage even when the module redundancy has been deactivated 06 March 2013 Ver 70 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 15 Back up the Configuration The complete configuration for the current software on the module is included in the backup Files that have been added or changed on the ftp area are also included in the backup The backup file is saved in a proprietary file format and cannot be edited Save it in a place where you can easily find it for a restore Click Configuration on the start page Select Other gt Backup Restore on the Configuration page Click the Backup button Click the Save button in the opened dialog ma AeA U N e Select a location and enter a fi
162. ease the interval time for reading the list of telephone numbers from the CUCM 6 In the SNMP version drop down list select SNMP version to use for the communication with the CUCM 7 Set the SNMP parameters corresponding to the settings in the CUCM The only required parameter for SNMP version 2 is the community name e SNMP community version 2 only For increased security in SNMP version 3 the following need to be set SNMP privacy encryption method SNMP privacy password encryption password e SNMP authentication authentication method e SNMP authentication password SNMP user name for connecting 06 March 2013 Ver 135 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 8 Use the same phone user and phone password that was given the user in the CUCM See 16 1 CUCM Configuration on page 134 step 2 9 Optionally in the Default notification sound text field and Siren notification sound text field change the file name of the default notification sound and the siren sound 10 Optionally in the Message update interval seconds text field change the message update interval The default is 60 seconds which means that a message update will be sent to the handset every 60 seconds until a response of the message is selected by the handset user 11 Click Activate 16 3 Translations This is where to set the text for soft keys which are displayed on the handset when receiving a message The
163. ect dialect with or without an extra Carriage Return CR Default TeleCourier extensions i e Ascom dialect Determines which module shall act as control station Default External equipment Enter address 0 9 Default 1 Enter address 0 9 Default 2 Number to call if not specified in the external equipment Default 000 A paging received via this serial interface will override the number plan and be sent directly to the Event Handler specified here Message to display if not specified in the external equipment Default BLANK Priority if not specified in the external equipment Default 7 Normal Beep code if not specified in the external equipment Default 2 beeps Select how the paging shall be acknowledged if not specified by the external equipment Default No Ack Urgency if not specified in the external equipment Default Normal How long to wait before transmission to external equipment Default 30 milliseconds How to handle identical pagings Default Not accepted If running number shall be sent or not Default No Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Timeout mode Determines when to start timeout mode i e remove paging from queue Default after Call Terminated call status Timeout mode TTL seconds Determines the time for timeout mode i e during this time the paging remains in the queue after the Timeout mode has started Default
164. ect will be used to create the text for the ESPA paging In some cases it might be desirable to use the body of the message or a combination of both In that case the body has to contain proper information Default Unite Paging Subject Subject Body Separation When Unite Paging Subject Body is selected for the message text source this option selects how to separate the subject and body Default CR LF Miscellaneous The parameters that can be set in the ESPA Miscellaneous Settings page are Settings Description Use Call Status Info Time out If this parameter is set to Yes the status of a call is assumed to be paged after a specified time out Default Yes Call Status Info Time out If the Use Call Status Info Time out parameter is set to 0 1000 5 Yes this parameter specifies the timeout before assuming that the status of a call is paged Default 30 s Character Code Conversion The parameters that can be set in the ESPA Character Coding page are Settings Description Characters 0 255 These fields specify the value of the byte that will be transmitted on the ESPA bus for ISO8859 1 characters Accepted values are 0 255 with the exception of ESPA control characters Please note that values above 127 do not comply with the ESPA standard and may cause problems with some ESPA devices 10 1 2 TAP Protocol Out The following settings can be selected or changed in the TAP Out page Settings Des
165. ed and loses packages The web server containing the image file is overloaded Erroneous image file Erroneous path to the image file The web server containing the image file is incompatible with the portable 24 3 E mail Interface Troubleshooting If the SMTP E mail interface does not work it is recommended to check the following Check the Log Files 1 Open the Administration web page at http xxx xxx xxx admin and enter the user ID sysadmin and the correct password default value is setmeup 2 On the System setup page click on the Troubleshoot button and then select System Information 3 Scroll down to E mail Interface and mark the check boxes Extended debug and Mail then click Activate 4 Send an e mail to Unite CM View the log files 5 On the Unite CM Administration web page click the Troubleshoot button and then select View Complete Log Send a Test E mail via Telnet 1 Click on Start on the Windows task bar Choose Run from the Start menu and write telnet together with the IP address of Unite CM in the field followed by a space and 25 port where Unite CM encodes SMTP 06 March 2013 Ver 209 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 24 4 2 Enter the highlighted text according to Figure 77 Trying XXX XXX XXX Connected to XXX XXX XXX Escape character is 220 Hostname ESMTP Ex in 19 May 2011 17 04 28 250 Hostna
166. eds 30 7 4 Create User Teatre tea RERO ERU ERR ie eR idus 34 4 5 Create Work Shifts oe ecesessessessesssssssessessecsessssssssesssessessesssssssacsucsssecseesecasensansseeseeneeseeseens 34 4 6 Import ani ESS Backu p File ii rti ttti te riecht ee n 35 4 7 Manage Central Phonebook Entries sette tetetntnenns 38 4 8 Input OutpUt Setup c edet terere pen edente epe rediere repe 39 49 Alarm Hanalifigz RR ER REP qtd 44 4 10 Basic Alarm Manager oreet pr tetto ees aina 45 4 11 Advanced Event Handling eese trente treten tenerent enis 51 4 12 System SupetVISIQD 3l ge P Ute GE edu 59 ALS STATUS 59 4 14 Module Red ndaricy tt ir t tt t t pn gent 65 4 15 Back up the Configuration ni nttnntnnts 71 4 16 Restore the Configuration Jeter ceperit iet NEEE 71 06 March 2013 Ver Installation and Operation Manual 4 17 Selection Of Data Storage us ee etie IW IR IRR RH ee 72 5 Device Mama Cl E 73 6 Device CONPISUrAION saicsisetcceicecscisscicciss cectescssecsdscteacscescoscccecsosvenesedsedseddectecvesssosececuees 74 6 1 Device Management Setup eter e ree an a i 74 6 2 Device Handling Configuration eese nea ai 75 6 3 Online Status Report Time for Chargers ssessssssessssseeseesesseesececeseenececcaeeneececeneenseees 76 6 4 Online Status Report Time for Handsets in a Charging Unit sss 76 6 5 Online Status Report Time fo
167. efault 5 Select level of seriousness in the drop down list for the code s for which you want to change level 4 13 4 Fault Log The fault log in Unite CM is a centralized log file and shows a complete log of the faults in the system on the assumption that other modules in the system are configured to send their fault logs to Unite CM Every time a fault message is generated in the system information about the fault is written to the log file The maximum number of entries in the log file is 1050 When the log file is full the 50 oldest entries are removed 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Status gt Fault Log in the left menu on the Configuration page The first 25 log entries are shown To get the following 25 log entries click the Next link The following levels exist in the fault log e nformation e Individual reset AIL OK e Critical error e Error e Warning Fault Log Entry 1 25 172 1 25 26 50 51 75 76 100 101 125 126 150 151 172 Next Expand all entries Time Level Description Module Address amp 2008 01 22 16 22 53 Error Communication IMS 172 20 9 133 Failed to transfer Unite communication block IMSar amp 2008 01 15 10 52 38 Warning Configuration IMS 172 20 9 133 Illegal parameter value IMSar amp 2008 01 11 17 57 03 Critical Supervision UPAC 172 20 10 95 Lost connection to system 900 UPAC 95 amp 2008 01 11 17 56 51 Warning Fault in module component UPAC 172 20 10 95
168. eleted Unite CM will not remember that the previous ID number is free to be used again The numbering will just continue on the number after the last created one 4 8 1 Defining Inputs and Outputs Before an input or output can be used in the configuration it has to be defined with a name and Module Address The module address consists of IP address and if Alarm Module and or Output Module are used the module address on the A bus Unite CM inputs Unite CM hardware has two inputs that can be used These inputs are predefined at delivery The states that can be detected are open and close Unite CM outputs Unite CM hardware has two outputs of open collector type that can be used in the Alarm Handling and Fault Handling These outputs are predefined at delivery The initial state can be set to high or low 06 March 2013 Ver 40 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Alarm Module inputs The number of inputs that can be used can be extended by using an Alarm Module AM connected to the A bus The input on the AM is defined by a name the IP address of the Unite module connected to the A bus the AM s module address on the A bus and the input number The states that can be detected are open and close Output Module outputs The number of outputs that can be used in Unite CM can be extended by using an Output Module OM connected to the A bus The output on the OM is defined by a name the IP
169. ender 123 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Mail body when user sends Body text in positive acknowledgement sent to positive acknowledge origin sender Mail body when user sends Body text in negative acknowledgement sent to negative acknowledge origin sender Mail subject when user sends Subject text in interactive message reply sent to written response origin sender Length of subject copied to the Number of characters copied from subject into the subject of reply reply subject Mail subject prefix for delivery Prefix text for delivery reports back to origin sender report Mail body for successful Text sent back to origin sender when message delivery report delivery was successful Mail body for failed delivery Text sent back to origin sender if message delivery report failed Send delivery report on Specifies when a delivery report shall be sent 5 Click Activate NOTE If the IP address to the company Mail Server has not been defined it must be set now A link to the Mail Server setting is found on the Message page The mail server address can also be set in the wizard or from the Advanced Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 124 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 15 DECT Interface It is recommended to configure the carrier system interfaces from the Wizard but it can also be done from the Advanced Configuration page This c
170. ent Handler e FE3 C1ALCMG Unite Connectivity Manager SMTP Mail Interface e FE3 C1ALCDAC Unite Connectivity Manager Duty and Event Assignment Clients Number of clients 1 client available up to 25 clients e FE3 C1ALCAMC Unite Connectivity Manager Alarm Management Clients AMC s Number of AMC clients 1 client available up to 10 clients e FE3 C1ALCL50 Unite Connectivity Manager Monitor Locations Number of Duty amp Event Assignment locations 50 locations available up to 2 000 locations e FE3 C1ALCECG Unite Connectivity Manager Cisco External Carrier Gateway ECG e FE3 C2ALCxxx Unite Connectivity Manager Module Redundancy Enterprise BASE Extension BASE e FE3 C1ALEDM Unite Connectivity Manager Device Management Enables device management for up to 10 000 devices regardless of number of licensed users e FE3 C1ALENP Unite Connectivity Manager NetPage e FE3 C1ALEBAM Unite Connectivity Manager Basic Alarm Manager e FE3 C1ALESI1 Unite Connectivity Manager Serial Interface input interface ESPA TAP or Ascom Line protocol e FE3 C1ALESO Unite Connectivity Manager External Carrier systems interface ESPA TAP output interface e FE3 C1ALEGMI Unite Connectivity Manager GSM Modem interface e FE3 C1ALETD Unite Connectivity Manager Text Displays over IP e FE3 C1ALEAL Unite Connectivity Manager Activity Logging for 30 clients and XML export of Activity Log e FE3 C1ALEOAP Unite Connectivity Manager
171. ent folder e pinCode txt Parameters txt Enter your PIN code in pinCode txt Set the baud rate used by Unite CM by editing Parameters txt Upload the changed files n uU A W Restart the module Now we assume the following e the GSM modem is connected to serial port 1 COM1 on Unite CM Unite CM has license for GSM modem interface and the GSM check box is selected as Connected Messaging System in the setup wizard during the setup 1 Click Users amp Groups on the start page 2 Select Messaging Users and click Add 3 Enter the name and a Call ID The Call ID can be any number or a text 4 Enter the GSM phone number in the Number Address text field 5 Select Java Server GSM in the Category drop down list Users Number of users 2 10 Last Name First Name Call ID Number Address gt Category Divet o Addross gt Category Alvaker Kriss 5678 5678 DECT yx Swift Jonathan 1234 1234 DECT yx Bernstein Leonard 3 4675123456 RETESET selectcategory v X 6 Click Save 13 2 Send Message from Unite CM to GSM User Sending a message to the GSM phone with the possibility to accept or reject the message is done the same way as to handsets in the system see 19 1 Create and Send Messages via the Messaging Tool on page 147 or 19 2 Create and Send Messages via NetPage on page 148 1 Internet Explorer is not an FTP client so its not possible to copy and move files from Internet Explorer
172. er a User ca1118 Figure 20 Available information for the data trigger Select number of beeps in the Beep Code drop down list 4 Select message priority in the Priority drop down list Select the Request confirmation check box if it shall be possible for the user to accept or reject the message If no response is received an escalation action can take place refer to Select Escalation Action on page 50 Output Action T Select which output to activate in the Output drop down list Only outputs defined in the I O Setup are available Refer to 4 8 Input Output Setup on page 39 Actions Select type of action and click Add Several actions can be added Output action Y Add Activate Output Output Duration s No selection S x Save Cancel 2 Enter in seconds for how long the output shall be activated in the Duration text field 06 March 2013 Ver 48 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Push to talk PTT Message A PTT message makes it possible to set up a conference call When a PTT message is manually accepted by the user the handset connects to the conference number and the handsets involved in the conference are connected 1 Select the time in minutes the receiving handset shall have the possibility to join the conference in the Time to Answer drop down list Actions Select type of action and click Add Several actions can be added Push to talk Messa
173. er muted NOTE Do not enter overlapping time periods These settings are valid for all the defined displays but can be overridden individually for each display The identity set here is used as the call number when messages are sent to this text display max 30 characters The display s IP address The IP port used for communication with the text display Default 3001 NOTE Default port used by teleCARE display is 2301 Defines the display type of the connected display Default use display type as set under general settings Adaptive for use with Adaptive display NICD for use with Elen display teleCARE for use with Elen display teleCARE Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Display width characters Defines number of characters 1 100 to be shown in the text display Longer messages will be truncated Default 16 Message display time Time for a message to be displayed if there is a new message in the message queue If a time is specified here it overrides the Message display time specified in general settings Choose default if the general setting shall be used Default Default Buzzer options Defines how the buzzer operates during display of messages NOTE Only applicable for teleCARE displays Off Buzzer is switched off Default New calls only Buzzer sounds when new call is displayed Every time Buzzer sounds for every displayed message
174. er number in the Call ID field and click Add Several Call IDs can be added If the message shall be sent to a group click the Use group button select group and click OK 3 Enter message text in the Message text field or click Use predefined message select a message in the list and click OK 4 Click Send 19 2 1 Predefined Messages NOTE This feature can only be reached from index4 that is the default NetPage GUI The predefined messages include message text beep characteristics priority and message type There are two types of messages Common Messages and My Messages NOTE The maximum message length differs depending on which system or handset the message is sent to and the amount of special characters included in the message Common Messages Common Messages can be used by all NetPage users Up to 30 Common Messages can be created These messages are stored on Unite CM and can only be changed by authorized persons 06 March 2013 Ver 148 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN My Messages Up to 30 predefined My Messages with 120 characters per message can be created It is also possible to have fewer My Messages containing more characters These messages are stored locally and can only be accessed or changed from that PC 19 2 2 Create a Predefined Message 1 Click the Common Messages or My Messages button in NetPage For Common Mess
175. eration Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Unite CM configuration No No Yes Yes 3 3 Access to the setup wizard Change passwords No No Yes Yes a admin cannot change password for sysadmin Password Settings The default passwords for the different type of users sysadmin admin etc can be changed and it is also possible to specify the password complexity such as length and number of character types Passwords can be changed in both the Setup Wizard and on the Advanced Configuration page but the password complexity password policy can only be changed on the Advanced Configuration page It is possible to change passwords for different users in both the Setup Wizard and from the Advanced Configuration page 3 3 1 Change Passwords 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click Change Passwords under Security in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page 4 Select the user you want to change password for 5 Enter your user name and password Enter the new password and confirm the password 6 Click Ch Passwd 3 3 2 Set Password Policy The required password complexity can be set 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu in the on the Configuration page 3 Select Password policy under Security in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Passwo
176. ere n is a number starting from 1 06 March 2013 Ver 37 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 7 Manage Central Phonebook Entries Phonebook i Gd i Figure 13 The Central Phonebook The central phonebook makes it possible for users to search and find phonebook entries from a handset in the system NOTE If an LDAP connection to a central phonebook is used all settings needed is done in the Setup wizard If a local central phonebook is used the entries must be added either by creating them manually see 4 7 3 Add Entries to the Central Phonebook on page 39 or importing them from a CSV file as described below 4 7 1 Import Entries to the Central Phonebook from a CSV File The CSV file to be imported to the phonebook should have the following format with either or as delimiter as in the example below or TAB First name 1 Last name 1 Phone number 1 First name 2 Last name 2 Phone number 2 1 Click Phonebook on the start page 2 Select Phonebook Import Export in the menu Import Character encoding UTF 8 v Separator character v Import file Browse Import 3 Select the character encoding of the file in the Character encoding drop down list NOTE It is important that you select the same character encoding that the file is saved as If not the entries will be corrupted after the file has been imported 4 Select the separator for the fil
177. ers XON or XOFF the flow control fails therefore flow control is no longer supported J 2 Ascom Line Protocol J 2 1 Functionality A line protocol message consists of the following records and separators lt Addr Message Beepcode PagFunc NoOfTransm Prio Infopage gt All characters are writeable by hand using an ordinary terminal program such as hyper terminal etc Not all records needs to be given for instance lt gt is a valid message that delivers default message to default paging address J 2 2 Limitations The following limitations apply PagFunc The Line protocol only supports call type 3 plain paging and 4 alarm All others are handled as plain paging NoOfTransm The Line protocol does not propagate number of transmissions but it must be valid if submitted Number of transmissions can be set under System 900 and is then valid for all messages independent of the record value Here it is also possible to determine number of transmissions based on the paging priority advanced InfoPage The Line protocol does not propagate Infopage but it must be valid if submitted 06 March 2013 Ver 256 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN J 3 TAP Protocol J 3 1 Functionality e lt ESC gt PG1 lt CR gt Default logon string First field of the data block is assumed to contain the paging address The address is treated as a decimal address valid digits is 0 9 Any leading spaces wil
178. ersion Display Text When this parameter is enabled the text specified is added to the display message when a call diversion takes place The original Call ID can be included in the parameter text by writing a character where the Call ID shall be inserted Click Activate 18 1 1 Advanced parameters in System 900 interface Additional parameters for the System 900 can be set if needed 1 2 3 Click Configuration on the start page Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page Click System 900 under 900 Interface in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Click View advanced parameters Priority Transmissions 1 9 This parameter determines the number of message transmissions for pagings with priorities 1 to 9 Default is to use the value defined by parameter Default number of transmissions Set Beep at each transmission TX for same paging ID The parameter is normally set when sending a paging with identical id as a previously sent paging Alarm user data User data in alarm block from Unite can be used as first location in alarm block to 900 system This parameter makes it possible to disable the handling of alarm user data Portable position Portable position both 9d base and sign post location in alarm and location block from Unite can be used as locations in alarm block to 900 system This parameter makes it possible to disable the portable positions 9d base of location 9d
179. es to smart devices It is possible to add smart device licenses by importing a license document in the form of a PDF file If this is done the messaging user licenses will not be used for the smart devices since the smart devices have licenses dedicated just for them The license document is provided by your supplier or can be downloaded from the Extranet NOTE The total number of users in Unite CM that is both messaging users and smart device users cannot exceed 10 000 users 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click Smart Device License under Common in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page An Upload smart device license file dialog window opens 4 Browse to the PDF file that contains the smart device license 5 Click Submit File After the license has been imported you can manage the smart device users by following the instructions in 4 1 Add Users to Unite CM on page 20 7 14 Reboot Unite CM can be rebooted via the Advanced Configuration page 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the left menu in the Configuration page 3 Click Reboot under Common in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page 4 Click the Reboot button NOTE If the Reboot page is reloaded this will trigger another reboot 06 March 2013 Ver 90 Installation and Operation Manual Unite C
180. eset from the I O setup page 3 Select the Persistent Action check box to activate the output as long as the persistent fault remains If not selected the output will be active for the set duration also for persistent faults Error Relay Action NOTE When module redundancy is activated see 4 14 Module Redundancy on page 65 the error relay should only be connected to the primary Unite CM since it is preferred to be the active module 1 Select the Indicate Fault check box if the error relay should indicate faults 2 Set the duration in seconds If the Persistent Action check box is selected the Duration field can be left empty The error relay will be released when activated The error relay can be manually reset from the Active Faults page 3 Select the Persistent Action check box to activate the relay as long as the persistent fault remains If not selected the relay will be active for the set duration also for persistent faults 06 March 2013 Ver 194 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN BusLogger Action The Windows application BusLogger is used for error tracking in System 900 and Unite systems An action in the Fault Handler can trigger the BusLogger to save current log information to disk to prevent it from being overwritten Select the check box to make the BusLogger tool save current log information when the trigger is matched 23 5 3 Summary Fault Actions In the Summary Fa
181. eset of alarms When Event Handler sends a presentation block Unite CM notifies the client that there are new information to display and when an acknowledge or reset request is received from the client it sends a presentation response block back to Event Handler When Event Handler receives the response it sends an updated presentation and Unite CM notifies the client that there are new information to display Unite Connectivity Manager Event Handler Client Presentation N otification Acknowledge Request Presentation Response P resentation updated Notifi ification Reset Request Presentation Response Presentation updated Notification Figure 27 Example of the communication flow between Unite CM and an AMC 06 March 2013 Ver 56 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Clear User Configuration Alarm History in the AMC This AMC user configuration and alarm history can be cleared from the Unite CM 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Alarm amp Events gt Advanced Handling in the menu on the Configuration page AMC Management Clear User Configuration for the AMC Clear Clear Alarm History for the AMC Clear 3 Select AMC Management 4 Select if you want to clear user configuration or the alarm history in the AMC and click Clear on the same row 06 March 2013 Ver 57 Installation and Operatio
182. evice does not show up as connected in the Devices view check the status of the interface Starting up mode is indicated during start of applications If an application has lost connection to a required resource it is indicated as application problem mode An Application problem is always shown as a persistent fault in the Status log If the information on the Configuration page shows Normal mode it is not necessary to check the System information Click Configuration on the start page Select Other Advanced Configuration on the Configuration page Click the Troubleshoot button on the Advanced Configuration page BRB WN Be Select System information in the menu The System Information page opens Check System status Software in Device not recognised synchronization fails 1 In the Devices view check the parameter version for the device 2 If the parameter version is highlighted with red a package file pkg including the software file and definition file with that parameter version must be imported to Unite CM How to import a package file is described in the User Manual Device Manager in Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92855EN 06 March 2013 Ver 208 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Software download fails Possible causes e Portable is out of range turned off or is not connected to the system The LAN is badly configured and loses packages The LAN is overload
183. first in the list The following parameters can be set up Name Descriptive name for the HTTP server Only used in the GUI User name Defines the name for authentication Should correspond to the user name for the HTTP server User password Defines the password for authentication Should correspond to the password for the HTTP server Request timeout The time set here must correspond to the time set in other Unite modules and the HTTP timeout in Event Handler Additional http header Header that will be added when connecting to the HTTP server 2 Click Activate 11 2 Data Monitor This is used to monitor data received by the ASCII input Data Monitor HL7 MLLP Show raw data O Show parsed data Raw Data No raw data received 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Data Monitor in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Select Input in the drop down list 4 Select Show raw data or Show parsed data 5 Click Get Data Information of received data will be shown in the field below It is possible make a TCP connection to port 10129 on Unite CM In real time you can get the same data that has been presented on this page by sending some commands on the TCP connection Commands to use type raw message all type what type of data to get raw will look on what is coming in to the module message will look at the content of the message all will look in both raw and me
184. format for the protocol is lt call number gt b lt beep code gt p lt priority gt a lt answer type gt The call number is the identity of the handset for example 9420 The beep code priority and answer type can be set as described below Beep code b Priority p Answer type a 0 silent 0 no answer default 1 default 1 highest 1 manual acknowledge 2 2 2 user response data 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 siren 7 default 8 9 lowest 1 Priority 1 must be restricted to handle very high alerts like fire alarm or cardiac alarm Frequent use of this priority level might have severe impact on your Messaging system The user will have the alternative to either accept or reject the message from the handset The subject of the returned e mail is set to User acknowledge and the body contains the string Accepted or Rejected according to parameter text entered see 14 2 2 SMTP Output Interface send reply message as e mail on page 123 3 The user response data option will result in an interactive message not supported by all equipment with the possibility to reply to the original sender When selected the user can input arbitrary text as a reply The subject of the returned e mail is set to User response according to the parameter text entered see 14 2 2 SMTP Output Interface send reply message as e mail on page 123 The body will contain the entered data Examples of the Mail address Option Example 1
185. forwarding all application requests to another UNS Additionally it is also possible to forward to another UNS if the requested Call ID is not found in the local number plan called multi site number plan NOTE The Unite CM does not support forwarding to an ESS TIP See also Function Description Number Planning and Message Routing in Unite TD 92254GB 7 2 1 UNS Settings 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Select UNS under Other on the Advanced Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 79 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 7 UNS Operating Mode Operating Mode EE Sever Previous e Factory IP address of forward destination UNS EE View User Server parameters cancel Select one of the following in the Operating mode drop down list Forwarding Use if another number plan is to be used instead of the local number plan Server Use if only the local number plan is to be used stand alone or if your system having a multi site number plan meaning that the UNS can forward a request to another number plan if the Call ID is not found in the local number plan Prefix Use if your system having a multi site number plan By adding a prefix for each UNS you can guarantee that each Call ID is unique in the entire multi site number plan NOTE If you add a prefix for
186. ge 2 Select Alarm amp Events gt Advanced Handling in the menu on the Configuration page Advanced Handling Configuration of Event Elements Configuration Event Handler Overview Overview Event Handler Log Log Event Handler administration Administration Figure 25 Links to the Event Handler Programming Overview The Overview shows an overview of the Event Handler programming which can be a help during programming View Logs All changes in the configuration of the Event Handler are written to the log It is also possible to write information to the log for example when a trigger is activated For more information about the log file and its content see the chapter Event Log File in the Programming Guide Event Handler TD 92329GB Administration The database administration is used to synchronize the Event Elements that have been created in the Event Assignment User Interface 1 Click Administration and go to Load Block database located at the bottom of the page Load Block database 68 You can load a new Block database file into the Block database Press the Browse button to locate the file or just enter the filename Then press the load button to load the database Load this fle 2 Locate the database file and click Load a dialogue window opens Click Yes to synchronize 4 Go back to the Advanced Handling and Event Handler see 5 13 4 Configuration of Events 06 March 201
187. ge Add Send Push to talk Message Time to Answer Conference Number Unlimited bd Call ID Message Text Beep Code Priority Loudspeaker i 3 2beeps Normal X wa x E Save Cancel 2 Enter the number to the conference group in the Conference Number text field 3 Do one of the following Enter the Call IDs that shall receive the Push to talk message in the Call ID text field Each Call ID shall be separated with a comma e Click the ssymbol to the right of the Call ID text field if the message is to be sent as a reply to the sender of the alarm or data NOTE The Call ID must be defined as a messaging user in your Unite CM If a multi site number plan is used the Unite CM that holds the Call ID must have the messaging user defined instead 4 Enter the message text in the Message Text field By clicking the symbols to the right of the text field you can add valuable information to the message such as Call ID of the sender type of alarm and the location If an input is activated the description of the input can be added Message Text Alarm trigger No callId Type mi alarmType Location location 9 M zx Figure 21 Available information for the alarm trigger Message Text i Input trigger Description inputDescr Figure 22 Available information for the input trigger 06 March 2013 Ver 49 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Me
188. ge included in Unite CM Compact license but an additional license is required for the Unite CM Enterprise license Send Message 19 1 Create and Send Messages via the Messaging Tool The Messaging Tool GUI is displayed on Unite CMs without additional license an er 1 M Figure 57 Messaging Tool GUI Click Send Message on the start page The Message Tool opens Enter Call ID in the top text field Enter message in the bottom text field BR W N e Click the send button The message is sent to the receiver 06 March 2013 Ver 147 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 19 2 Create and Send Messages via NetPage NOTE Requires an additional license see 1 1 Licenses for Unite CM on page 1 NetPage supports messages with character encoding UTF 8 for example Russian characters and Swedish characters 1 Click Send Message on the start page The NetPage opens Netpage Windows Internet Explorer o NetPage To Call 1D i Add l Use group Use predefined message Type Normal Y Receivers Message text Delete Beep code 2beeps Y Priority Normal v Send Clear fields Status on last message Message not sent Message history Call ID Message text Absent Status Time Administrate My Groups CommonGroups My Messages Common Messages ascom 2 Click either the To button to fetch number from the Users list or ent
189. gin IP address of the Unite CM no longer is reserved to the Unite CM s MAC address Note the IP address still must be available but not reserved to a specific MAC address Consult your network administrator This IP address will be used as virtual IP address later on 06 March 2013 Ver 65 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 2 Ask your network administrator to reserve a new Static IP address to the origin Unite CM that later on will be used as primary module The IP address must be reserved to the module s MAC address 3 Ask your network administrator to reserve a static IP address for the Unite CM to be used as secondary module The IP address must be reserved to the module s MAC address 4 14 1 Configure Module Redundancy in Unite CM Do the following on the Unite CM to be used as primary module 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Redundancy on the Configuration page Redundancy Configuration Configuration of module redundancy Virtual IP address Virtual netmask Secondary IP address Network monitor IP address Activate NOTE Before proceeding make sure that the SD memory cards are inserted in both modules 3 In the Virtual IP address text field enter the virtual IP address 4 In the Virtual netmask text field enter the netmask of virtual IP address 5 In the Secondary IP address text field enter the IP address of the secondary Uni
190. h back to the primary module when it is in standby mode after repair NOTE If you for some reason reboot the secondary module via the GUI the primary module will not take over as active module However if the secondary module is not up and running again after 3 minutes the primary module will become active On the secondary module do as follows 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Redundancy on the Configuration page 3 Click the Fallback to primary module button NOTE It is only possible to press the button if the data has been synchronized with the primary module The primary module will now act as a active module and the secondary module will act as a standby module NOTE When switching between primary Unite CM and secondary Unite CM it might take a while before devices appear in the Device Manager The Online Status Time Relogin Time determines the maximum time the devices have to relogin to the Device Manager See 6 Device Configuration on page 74 4 14 6 Deactivate Module Redundancy NOTE This setting can only be performed on the primary module Click Configuration on the start page Select Other gt Redundancy on the Configuration page Click the Deactivate button BR WN e Select one of the following e Click Cancel deactivate to undo the deactivation Click Really deactive to perform the deactivation Both Unite CMs will now reboot immediately The GUI will not b
191. h11 Input Stop character string Output Start character string m t Output Stop character string 28 43 End of Session as delimiter eu RX Disabled Restart data capture on receiving BH Start Word S Enabled Maximum Clients 3 Enter the parameters according to figure above 06 March 2013 Ver 250 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN H 5 Load the HL7 v2 Translation Table The translation table is the link between a HL7 style message and the Event Handler in Unite CM A default translation table is included in the Unite CM The translation table is defined modified by the customer This instruction describes how to load the HL7 default translation table Click Configuration on the start page Select Alarm amp Events gt Advanced Handling in the menu on the Configuration page Click Administration Click Load HL7 version 2 to load the sample database mam BP U N HG Click Translation Tables to open the Event Handler Configuration page Event Handler Configuration Activate configuration Save configuration Check configuration View Element help Home EIC Event Handler configuration Event Triggers Translation Table HL7_MESSAGE_DEFINITION Response Triggers E me External Actions Delay Actions Change Name Delete i Action Groups Z Translation Tables 3HL7 MESSAGE DEFINI L HL7 SEGMENT
192. hapter describes configuration from the Advanced Configuration page for some carrier systems It does not include all supported carrier systems The Unite CM can be connected to one carrier system see 15 1 DECT Phone System or to several carrier systems simultaneously see 15 2 Mixed DECT Systems 15 1 DECT Phone System 15 1 1 Alcatel OmniPCX Enterprise Communication with the Alcatel OmniPCX Enterprise is done over the LAN To be able to receive alarms and user data from handsets in the system a CMP board has to be installed in the OmniPCX Enterprise For configuration of the Alcatel OmniPCX Enterprise and installation and configuration of the CMP board see separate documentation from the vendor 15 1 2 Ericsson BusinessPhone DCT1800 GAP DCT1800 S and DCT1900 For configuration of the DECT Phone System see separate documentation from the vendor 1 Connect the delivered cable to the serial port 1 COM1 port on Unite CM 2 Connect the cable to the I O port on the IC CU2 board on the DECT Phone System See Appendix B for a description of the cable 15 1 3 MX ONE MD110 Enterprise Mobility Node Ascotel IntelliGate MD Evoluition Communication with the DECT Phone System is done over the LAN For configuration of the DECT Phone System see separate documentation from the vendor 15 1 4 IP DECT DECT IP Address Unite Z IP DECT Master Connectivity Secondary DECT IP Address Manager 7749999999999 9 9 uIP D
193. hat can be made are Translate or adapt text see22 1 2 Translate Edit the Language on page 168 Hide unused functionality see 22 2 4 Change the NetPage User Interface Functionality on page 174 Modify the user interface to suit the customer s image see 22 2 Customize the User Interface GUI on page 170 NOTE Unite CM user interface only supports the Latin 1 character set However the NetPage GUI also supports UTF 8 character set For the best screen appearance Windows standard screen settings using normal font size are recommended The recommended screen resolution is 1024 x 768 How to edit The code is thoroughly commented to make it easy to understand and can be edited with a simple text or HTML editor Basic HTML Java Script and CSS knowledge are recommended NOTE Do not use an intelligent html editor like Frontpage or Dreamweaver as it might corrupt the html code 22 1 Customize the Language 22 1 1 Export a Language for Translation Editing 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Set language in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click the Import Export Language The Translation page opens Translation Existing languages English Each language can be exported as an XML file To create a new language or update an existing click a language link above to download the file If a new language should be created change the language indication in the language tag Translate Upd
194. he national destination code for the destination of the call This value is used for two purposes To identify the national prefix in the number and remove it when it is not needed To change a number when the destination is another city External Line Prefix External Line Prefix is what needs to be dialled before the number to reach the public network The value is used to change the telephone number if it is identified as an external number 06 March 2013 Ver 98 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e PBX First Prefix PBX First Prefix is what precedes an internal number to create an external number This value is used to compare with the phonebook number to decide whether the number is internal or external e PBX Second Prefix Points out an additional prefix to be handled in the same way as PBX First prefix Maximum size of internal telephone numbers Used for numbers that starts with a digit instead of or If the number is longer than this value it is considered to be an external number Minimum size of global telephone numbers Used for numbers that starts with a digit instead of or If the number is equal to or longer than this value it is considered to be a global number 06 March 2013 Ver 99 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 9 Serial Interface In NOTE Included in Unite CM Compact license but
195. he selected device type in search returns no hit reset search to default the Number tab e Go to number is The selected device hasno Assign a new number to the dimmed out for a device in number associated to it device the device view Associate a new or existing number to the current device The handset is not visible The handset has no number Assign or associate a number to in the Number tab associated the device The device is offline and not Bring the device online Save the saved as number number in order to make it possible to edit the number when it is offline e Number creation of The pkg file for the desired Import the pkg file for the desired device type is not device type is not imported to desired device type The file is possible the Device Manager provided by the supplier e It is not possible to apply No compatible template for Create a new template or a template at creation of the desired device exists upgrade an existing template new number and retry A handset logs out when The device manager Delete the saved instance of the placed in an advanced configurations in the IPBS and advanced charger in the Device charger the advanced charger are not Manager Use PDM to reconfigure the same the advanced charger so that it will log on to the correct device manager Connect the advanced charger to the LAN 06 March 2013 Ver 214 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectiv
196. heir status log messages to Unite CM Functions in fault handling Trigger conditions and action settings on faults e Summary fault action settings on persistent faults 23 5 1 Nomenclature Fault action A fault action consists of trigger conditions that leads to an action such as sending a message to a handset in the system and or activating an output One fault action can consist of several triggers and lead to several actions Trigger A set of conditions that is used to match specific fault messages Action Is started as a response to a trigger matching a fault message i e sending a message to a handset activating an output or the error relay and sending SNMP Trap and E mail 23 5 2 Fault Actions Settings of trigger conditions and actions are made in the Fault Actions page 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Fault Handling gt Fault Actions in the menu on the Configuration page When the page opens a list of all existing actions is shown Fault Actions Fault Actions wil be matched in listed order When a trigger condition matches the incoming fault message the following actions will not be matched amp fi DEFAULT Add Action The action with the highest priority is shown first in the list for example at the top The actions are processed in priority order The Fault Handler only processes the first action that matches the incoming fault message that is only one action will be processed for e
197. her message to send click Add Message again 06 March 2013 Ver 193 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN E mail Action To be able to send E mail from the Fault Handler the IP address host name of the mail server must be set up defined in the Setup Wizard or 7 1 Mail Server Address on page 79 1 Click Add Email to define an e mail to send 2 Enter e mail addresses and any addresses that should receive a copy 3 Enter a subject and a message text 4 Select the Include log info check box to add the fault information to the message text 5 Click Save SNMP Trap Action 1 Click Add SNMP trap to define a SNMP trap to send 2 Enter the IP address that the trap is to be sent to 3 Enter the text that should be sent 4 Select the Include log info check box to add the fault information to the message text Select SNMP version 6 To send another SNMP trap click Add SNMP trap again ul Output Action 1 Select the output to be activated and click Add The outputs are configured on the I O Setup page see 4 8 Input Output Setup on page 39 The state is set to the opposite of the inactive state when activated For example if output 2 is set to low in inactive state the output will automatically be set to high when activated 2 Set the duration in seconds If the Persistent Action check box is selected the Duration field can be left empty The output can be manually r
198. ication sends the alarm acknowledge message instead probably by using the parameter for sending generic data through the 900 interface An Alarm acknowledge would then be a paging back to portable with string GD 01020301 as text body Paging priority for alarm acknowledge This parameter defines the paging priority for an alarm acknowledge sent by system 900 interface Only valid if parameter Automatically send alarm acknowledge is set to Yes O6Marh2013 Ver Gg Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e Handle Attention for Interactive Message The Unite specification for an Interactive Message includes a function called Attention which specifies a time interval If set in an Interactive Message the receiving portable shall repeat the indication of the message with this interval until an option is selected by user However Interactive Message features are not supported by system 900 portables except for the parts that are common with standard paging The system 900 interface can simulate the Attention function by resending the paging to the central unit at the specified interval time The paging will be repeated to the central unit for 15 minutes or until the Time To Live specified in the message expires Sending an Interactive Message with Attention set will of course increase the traffic in the 900 system Set this parameter to No to make the system 900 interface discard the repetition
199. ice can for example be configured via Message Distribution settings See 17 4 WLAN Message Distribution on page 138 Used to access the central phonebook The destination to the service can for example be configured via Messaging Category settings See 20 5 Add Messaging Category on page 161 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN WLAN Used for communication via a WLAN interface The destination to the service can for example be configured via Device Management settings See 6 2 Device Handling Configuration on page 75 TAP Used for sending messages via serial interface to other system that supports the TAP 1 8 protocol The destination to the service can for example be configured via Messaging Category settings See 20 5 Add Messaging Category on page 161 ESPA Used for sending messages via serial interface to other system that supports the ESPA 4 4 4 protocol The destination to the service can for example be configured via Messaging Category settings See 20 5 Add Messaging Category on page 161 TextSigns Used to provide information to text displays in teleCARE systems The destination to the service can for example be configured via Messaging Category settings See 20 5 Add Messaging Category on page 161 mailgate Used for sending messages to a mail address via external mail server The destination to the service can for example be configured via Messaging Category settings See 20 5 Add Messaging
200. igure the different types of actions 6 Click Save located at the bottom of the page The fault action is saved and added before the default action in the list on the Fault Actions page By expanding the fault action the triggers and actions are shown 7 If needed change the priority of the fault action by clicking the arrow symbols on the right side of the Edit button 8 It is possible to edit a fault action by clicking the Edit button 06 March 2013 Ver 192 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Define Actions Actions Send Message Ada Messege d Send E mail Add E mail Send SNMP Trap Add SNMP trap Activate Output Output Duration s Persistent Action Internal Output 1 vi Error Relay Indicates Fault Duration s Persistent Action Oo E BusLogger Store Logs Oo Message Action 1 Click Add message to define a message to send 2 Enter the Call ID NOTE The Call ID must be defined as a messaging user in a Unite CM connected to your system For example if several Unite CMs are connected the local Unite CM does not need to have the Call ID in its number plan In this case the local Unite CM must be connected to another Unite CM that holds the Call ID Enter the message text 4 Select the Include log info check box to add the fault information to the message text 5 Select the beep code level 6 Select the priority level 7 To add anot
201. in Unite CM will be hidden K 5 Groups When Groups Multicast groups and Broadcast groups are managed from the Unite AM the groups will appear in the Unite CM However the groups cannot be edited in Unite CM 06 March 2013 Ver 258 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Appendix L Services in Unite CM The Unite CM can distribute information to services enabled in the module itself or distribute information to services enabled on another Unite module Note that the services might be license dependent Only use the services the Unite module have license for to avoid fault messages in the Unite module The destination to a service is written in the following format IP address service For example 127 0 0 1 DECT Several features in Unite CM can have the same destination configured but below is only one example described Service name ActivityLogger Ascii BasicAlarmHandler DECT EventHandler FaultHandler S900 OAJ OAP Phonebook 06 March 2013 Ver Description Used to send activities in Unite CM to an Activity log The destination to the service can for example be configured via System Activity Log settings See 7 9 Logging on page 86 Used to interpret alarm and messages from different systems receive messages via serial ports and enable access to external servers over HTTP The destination to the service can for example be set via Advanced Event Handler c
202. in Unite CM with the number tied to the Text Displays category Text Display Settings If text displays shall be used it must be configured as a connected messaging system in the Setup Wizard Detailed settings are configured from the Advanced Configuration page 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Select Text Displays under Output Interfaces in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page The Text Displays configuration page opens Text Displays General settings Ej Eat Text Display settings EE Real Display A 10 30 7 230 Magnus display5 172 20 9 134 PC port 3002 10 30 3 8 PC port 3003 10 30 3 8 PC port 3049 10 30 3 8 PC port 3048 10 30 3 8 PC port 3004 10 30 3 8 PC port 3005 10 30 3 8 PC port 3006 10 30 3 8 PC port 3007 10 30 3 8 PC port 3008 10 30 3 8 PC port 3009 10 30 3 8 PC port 3010 10 30 3 8 PC port 3011 10 30 3 8 PC port 3012 10 30 3 8 PC port 3013 10 30 3 8 PC port 3015 10 30 3 8 PC port 3014 10 30 3 8 4 The parameters that can be set in the Text Displays page are Settings Description General settings Message display time Default time for the message to be displayed if there is a new message in the message queue Can be overridden by a display time set for an individual text display Number of stored messages Number of messages that can be stored and cycled on each
203. ing Users in your Unite CM or defined as messaging user in another Unite CM that holds the Call ID In the latter case your Unite CM must be connected to the other Unite CM in order to find the corresponding Call ID when needed that is in a multi site number plan solution If the connection to the other Unite CM is lost when you adding the Call ID an error message with the missing Call IDs is displayed when trying to save the group Only save the Multicast group if you are sure that the other Unite CM will be connected later on NOTE A handset Call ID can be a member in maximum eight different Multicast groups at the time A Adding members one by one 1 Click the Add button and enter the first Call ID 2 Click the Add button again and enter the next Call ID 3 Continue until all members are added to the group 06 March 2013 Ver 32 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN B Search for members to add 1 Click the Call ID Search button 2 Enter the first number s in the Call ID or Number Address field followed by the wildcard The fields can also remain empty and only category selected Then all Call IDs in that category will be shown Click Search A list with matching Call IDs will be displayed 4 Select users by clicking the Add button 5 Close the UNS search list 6 Click Save or if you want to also activate the group in the carrier system click Save and act
204. input of paging request Transmission Control Protocol Standard IP protocol that enables two hosts to establish connection and exchange streams of data Ascom s IP based nurse call system Ascom On Site Paging System Name of the Ascom IP based system for handling events messages and alarms Unite Name Server Unite module component that holds the number plan and destinations in Unite Generic term for Ascom Voice over WiFi System Wireless Local Area Network a LDAP version 3 LDAPv3 is supported 06 March 2013 Ver Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 1 3 Howto Use this Document This sub chapter includes references to other chapters documents with more detailed information regarding following activities 1 3 1 Installation and Basic Configuration Forinstallation and basic configuration refer to chapter 2 Installation and Configuration steps on page 10 and chapter 4 Basic Configuration on page 20 1 3 2 Extended Configuration for additional Compact Licenses Some extended configuration is included in the Compact BASE license others require an additional license see below e For settings included in the Unite Connectivity Manager FE3 C1ALCBAS Compact BASE standard license see chapters 4 Basic Configuration on page 20 7 4 Remote Management on page 82 19 Create and Send Messages on page 147 4 9 Alarm Handling on page 44 9 Serial Interface In on page 100 23
205. ion Forced sound Determines if sound indication for messages with this priority indication level High Normal and Low always shall breakthrough in a device even though the device is set to silent NOTE Use this parameter with care It is strongly recommended to only enable this parameter for messages that really have to breakthrough in a silenced device Messages with alarm priority level will always breakthrough in a silenced device regardless of this setting 2 Click Activate 4 11 3 Event Handler The Event Handler makes it possible to set up actions on incoming events An event can be mobile data an alarm activation of an input etc The Event Handler will then perform different actions depending on the incoming event Actions can be both internal that is 06 March 2013 Ver 53 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN start other Actions after a delay and external i e send a message start a siren or present information about the alarm in the Alarm Management Client AMC In the Event Handler there are four different links where events and triggers are set up for Event Elements an overview of the programming to view Event Handler logs and where to administrate the data bases of the Event Handler More information about the configuration of the Event Handler is found in the document Programming Guide Event Handler TD 92329GB 1 Click Configuration on the start pa
206. ion Response interactive Message Destination Call ID X Interactive Message Response Presentation ha oK Cancel Description The date interval when the activities where logged Default is the current date as both start and stop The time interval when the activities where logged Default Start time 00 00 00 Default Stop time 23 59 59 A numerical value between 1 and 1000 The default value is 100 The message priority Low Normal High and Alarm A combination can be selected by using Shift or Ctrl A specific text in the activity log for example a subject or body Supported characters Latin 1 The different activities for example Message or Input Activity A combination can be selected by using Shift or Ctrl A specific origin such as Call ID User Number Address IP Address A specific destination such as Call ID User Number Address or IP Address 199 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Activity Log Windows Imernet xplorer E oie E7220 10 9a ialgalacosty jog apciet pho Figure 86 Search result of activity logs During the search it is possible to interrupt the search operation by clicking the stop search symbol An ongoing search is indicated with a symbol in the upper right corner When the result of activities is displayed the number of returned lines is displayed in the upper right corner If more lines than displayed are available in th
207. irst Name The first given name Number The phone number 5 To add several rows click Add again 6 Click Save 4 8 Input Output Setup Configuration Figure 14 Configuration 06 March 2013 Ver 39 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Inputs and outputs are defined in the I O Setup page found in the left menu under Other The activation of an input can be set to on opening or on closing and the initial state for the output can be set to Low or High I O Setup Outputs ID Output Name Module Address Output Inactive Initial State 1 Internal Output 1 127 0 0 1 Internal 1 High open collector v 2 internal Output2 127 0 0 1 Internal 2 High open collector Define new output Inputs ID Input Name Module Address Input Activation REA 1 Internal Input 1 127 0 0 1 Internal 1 On Opening 2 Internal Input 2 127001 Intemal 2 On Opening 3 Test AM input 27001 o1 1 On Opening v x Figure 15 I O Setup page For the outputs the state is set to the opposite of the initial state when activated For example if Output 2 is set to Low in initial state the output will automatically be set to High when activated Every time a new output or input is defined an automatic ID is created The ID is a running number which can manually be changed into another number or a text if wanted When an output or input has been d
208. is changed an Activity Log with information about the changes will be sent Change the Supervision Settings On the Setup page it is possible to choose if a module should be supervised or not and to set the interval in seconds default value is 30 seconds at which Unite CM sends out a module status request to the supervised module The fault level event description and interface description can be edited from this page There is also a direct link to the supervised module s Advanced Configuration page for basic configuration of the module Note that changing settings is only possible for supervised modules in the Existing Modules list Refer to 23 1 1 System Survey on page 180 for more information 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Supervision Unite Modules in the menu on the Configuration page New modules in the system are found in a New Modules list and can be added to Existing Modules list by pressing Add 06 March 2013 Ver 182 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 Click Setup for the module whose supervision settings should be changed Setup Module information Module Unite Connectivity Manager IP Address 172 20 14 20 Host name Quorra Software version B8 3 00 A Hardware type Elise3 Standard Module key 132067 License options 983115DFE386456F Status Starting up Start time 2011 05 31 08 45 26 Start cause Reboot Notes Supervision Super
209. it possible to set up actions on incoming events such as mobile data alarm activation of an input etc Different actions depending on the incoming event can then be performed by Event Handler Actions can be both internal that is start other Actions after a delay and external that is send a message start a siren or to present information about the alarm in an Alarm Management Client AMC 4 11 1 Planning Before implementation of actions and events it is necessary to plan and identify actions and events etc that is going to be set up in the GUI If Duty Assignment is going to be used you also have to consider about user teams location layout and access rights For best result follow the step by step guide Identify external Events that shall result in an action Which actions are needed for the Event Which information are needed in the actions BR WN e Define escalation chain and success failure conditions El Root Patient call message 4 On success On failure Figure 24 Example of an escalation chain with success failure conditions 5 If Duty Assignment is going to be used create location layout and related information 6 Define required conversion tables 7 If Duty Assignment is going to be used Users and User Teams have to be defined and Access Rights for the User Teams When this is done the administration of the User Interface can be started See User Manual Action Assignment in Unite Co
210. itored or not When starting to monitor inputs from Unite CM the status will always be OK regardless of the actual state of the input This give that if the input is active when monitoring is started no Status Log is sent Equipment Name The name is shown as Module in the Status Log Level The level that the fault shall be reported as Persistent Select the Persistent check box if a fault should remain until the input is not active any longer Event Description Is shown under Description for the Status log 3 Click Save 06 March 2013 Ver 187 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Removing Auxiliary Equipment Remove auxiliary equipment by clicking the Delete symbol A dialogue window opens click OK to remove the auxiliary equipment 23 4 SNMP Traps SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol can be used by IP equipment to communicate that there are for example faults in the equipment Unite CM can be configured to generate a Status Log when receiving an SNMP Trap The Status Log will include the IP address that the trap was sent from and text entered in the configuration The information received in the trap can be added to the configured text The default action is to generate a Status Log with level Information for every received trap The log level can be changed in the Log Setup It is possible to add SNMP Trap actions to get different behaviour depending on th
211. ity Manager TD 92735EN Fault Probable cause Action or comment e The handset does not log The Domain ID is not set on to the device manager correctly in the IPBS OTA Reconfigure it to match the device manager Service Discovery parameter Domain ID Erase the Domain ID in the IPBS and set the IP address to the device manager under Advanced Settings gt Device Management The system does not support service discovery e The WLAN handset does not log on to the device manager OTA Both IMS IP and Unite CM are used An i62 WLAN handset logs on to the IMS IP The IMS IP does not support i62 which mean that it cannot forward the correct handset login information to Unite CM When trying to manage the license for a device the status is changed to The firewall has closed port number 443 for https communication Reconfigure the firewall to allow https communications via port 443 server failure 24 4 2 Troubleshooting Guide for Unite CM This part of the Troubleshooting Guide lists possible faults that are not connected to the Device Manager Fault Probable cause Action or comment t is not possible to send SMS to a specific device The device does not support SMS Unite CM license does not support SMS Upgrade the license to support SMS The IPBS UNITE SMS parameter is misconfigured Set the parameter so that it points out Unite CM containing the DECT Interface
212. ivate 4 3 3 Broadcast Group 1 Click Users amp Groups on the start page 2 Select Messaging Groups in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click Broadcast ID Create BroadcastID Y Call ID Description Included Categories All portables within selected category are included in the group DECT WLAN 4 Enter the following settings Call ID Create a Broadcast ID numerical or a text string up to 50 characters Description Description of the Call ID up to 100 characters Included categories Select the categories you want to include Category Defined in Message Routing Category Setup 5 Click Save 06 March 2013 Ver 33 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 4 Create User Teams Access rights within the system are given to User Teams In Unite CM messaging rights and log view rights are set up to different User Teams One user can belong to several User Teams To edit authorities for the User Teams see 20 3 User Teams on page 159 There is a default User Team that is used for logs without any connection to a user for example a message that is sent to a handset that does not belong to any user 1 Click Messaging Teams in the menu on the Configuration page 2 In the User Teams page click Add new Add User Team Name Ward 2 Figure 10 Naming a new User Team 3 Enter the name of the new User Team The name must be unique 4 C
213. iversion display text and Extended activity logging is also enabled in this view To find settings for WLAN System do as follows 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click WLAN System under WLAN Interface in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page 4 Enter select the following settings The time before a handset must relogin to Unite CM is set in minutes and when this time is exceeded the handset will be considered unreachable This is the maximum time it takes for a handset to reconnect after installing a new Unite CM or updating a Unite CM Note that a short relogin time implies a higher service security but it also loads the system Text specified in the Call Diversion Display Text text field is if enabled added to the display text when a call diversion takes place By entering the character 96 the original Call ID will be included in the display text on the place where the character is entered Note that some characters are special characters that are not visible Enable Extended Activity Log for intermediate logs for more information refer to the Function Description Activity Logging in Unite TD 92341GB e The very first time a VoWiFi handset logs in to Unite CM it must authenticate itself with a password The password is then stored in the handset for future authentication Unite CM has three authentication alter
214. l be ignored e Field s after the first field is assumed to contain the paging text If the datablock is containing more than 2 fields fields 3 4 5 will be concatenated to the paging text to be sent the separating lt CR gt s will be treated as a part of the paging text The paging text is set as Body in the Unite paging The Subject will be empty There is no restriction on how many blocks that can be sent during one logon session J 3 2 Limitations The following limitations apply Using US or ETB as block terminators Maximum session timeout Timeout between blocks Messages longer than 128 characters Message sequences Software flow control of the serialport 06 March 2013 Ver Not supported Not implemented however an inactivity timeout will occur after 8 seconds when waiting for logon string and 4 seconds when waiting for block data after a lt STX gt has been received After 3 successive timeouts an automatic disconnect sequence will be initiated These values can be changed through parameters There will be no timeout between blocks After a logon has been received and after each paging block the Serial Interface is put into sleep mode Three actions can wake it up A logoff request a new logon request or a new paging block Will be accepted but truncated Not used by the Serial Interface Not supported Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 9
215. ld 1 char after MSH bar Defined by HL7 message segment ID received by Event Handler Repetition 3 char after MSH tilde Defined by HL7 message segment ID received by Event Handler Component 2 char after MSH A circumflex Defined by HL7 message segment ID received by Event Handler 06 March 2013 Ver 246 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Sub 5th char after MSH amp ampersand Defined by HL7 message component segment ID received by Event Handler Escape 4 char after the backslash To escape the above MSH segment ID defined message element delimiters when used in fields represented by string text data types Defined by HL7 message received by Event Handler H 2 Example HL7 v2 x Through this document the following HL7 v2 example message with the MSH EVN PID PV1 IN1 and IN2 segments encapsulated in a MLLP session will be used e MSH Message Header e EVN Event type e PID Patient Identification e PV1 Patient visit e IN1 Insurance e N2 Insurance additional information VT MSH N amp HIS ADT MODULE ASCOM UNITE 20060109024819 ADT AO8 120060109024311170 P 2 2 AL SU EVN A08 200601090243 lt CR gt PID 2490298 Langstrump amp amp Langstrump Mr amp Nilsson Pippi Viktual ia Rullgardina Krusmynta Efraemsdotter Ms Langkous amp amp Langkous amp Dhr a
216. le name then save the file NOTE Saving file can take several minutes if configuration contains many files for instance if many software files and devices has been added to device management 4 16 Restore the Configuration NOTE When Unite CM is restored all changes that have been made since the last backup will be discarded Click Configuration on the start page Select Other gt Backup Restore on the Configuration page Click Browse button and select the backup file Click the Restore button BR WN HG The text Backup successfully restored will be displayed and inform you when the restore is ready Restoring can take several minutes if backup file is large for instance if many software files and devices is included in backup 5 Click the Restart Now or the Restart Later button If the IP address or DECT interface has been changed the module needs to be restarted for the settings to take effect A restart will take a couple of minutes and during that time Unite CM is unreachable When the restart is completed the window will refresh to the Configuration page overview 06 March 2013 Ver 71 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 17 Selection of Data Storage It is possible to select if configurations and data are to be stored on an external SD memory card instead of storing the information on the Unite CM s internal flash memory The SD memory card can be u
217. licenses 1 Log on to Unite CM The setup wizard will open and help you with the basic configuration The setup wizard includes the following settings Network setup can be set manually or via DHCP License number the type of license determines the functionality The license number is mapped to a specific module key The module key is shown in the Wizard e Type of connected wireless phone system the exchange used by the handsets in the system Select None for handsets in the VoWiFi System P address to the connected DECT phone system if connected via IP Serial Interface input enables paging from external equipment using ESPA Ascom Line protocol or TAP e Description of connected messaging systems i e systems Unite CM should be able to send text messages to and receive personal alarms from The description is used when setting up users with messaging handsets Use a description max 50 characters long that is familiar to the persons administering the users Address to the mail server to be able to send fault information and export activity logs via e mail e Date and time properties settings for time stamps on activities e Phonebook properties database to use when searching local phonebook on Unite CM LDAP server or CMG server e LDAP CMG Properties only visible if LDAP CMG is selected in the Central Phonebook Properties e Passwords change from default to site specific
218. lick Configuration on the start page In the left menu click Other gt Advanced Configuration on the Configuration page Click Phonebook in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Click the Call ID Setting link Enter the number to the central phonebook in the Call ID text field default 999999 Enter the IP address to the module where the central phonebook is located default localhost 06 March 2013 Ver 92 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 Click Activate 8 4 Select Central Phonebook Database Select which database to use for telephone numbers Local 500 Editable Local 2000 View only LDAP or CMG e If the default local database is selected continue in chapter 4 7 1 Import Entries to the Central Phonebook from a CSV File on page 38 4 7 2 Export the Central Phonebook to a CSV File and 4 7 3 Add Entries to the Central Phonebook e f LDAP server is selected continue in chapter 8 5 LDAP Parameter Setup on page 93 e If CMG server is selected continue in chapter 8 6 CMG Parameter Setup on page 95 Click Configuration on the start page Click Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page Click Phonebook in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page B w N e Select which database to use in the Database for lookups drop down list 8 5 LDAP Parameter Setup The Lightweight Directory Access Protoc
219. lick Save Add Members to a User Team Users can be added to User Teams Note that the User Team s must first have been created 1 Click Messaging gt Users in the menu on the Configuration page 2 Click the 8 symbol to the right of the user you want to add 3 Select the User Team s you want the user to be a member of in the Available window and move it to the Member of window by clicking User Teams Select which User Teams this user should be a member of Available Member of Test Disney team 4 Click Save 4 5 Create Work Shifts The work shifts are set up with day of week and time The work shifts can also overlap i e different work shifts can be used for different users It is also possible to set the work shifts to be continuously On or Off which makes it possible to test the system independent of time and day It is also a way to solve temporary changes to shifts due to for example holidays 06 March 2013 Ver 34 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 1 Click Messaging gt Work shifts in the menu on the Configuration page All existing work shifts will be shown in a list Work Shifts Name Days Time Mode Evening shift Sat Sun 18 00 23 00 Time PX Night shift Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri 23 00 06 00 Time PX Add 2 Click Add to set up a new work shift Work Shift Setup Work Shift Name Day shift 1 Mode Time x
220. ll 127 0 0 1 o2 1 On Opening 600 x 8 Cold storage dooropei 127 0 0 1 02 1 On Opening 900 x 10 Cold storage door clos 12700 1 o2 1 OnClosing x Figure 106 I O setup 06 March 2013 Ver 238 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Example 1 A push button alarm double press is received from 1440 A message is sent to the other handsets and a siren starts to sound The alarm is cancelled by sending the data 1440 and then the siren stops Two alarm actions are created One that handles the push button alarm called Push button alarm from 1440 and one that handles the cancellation called Alarm cancellation Push button alarm from 1440 Select Alarm handling Alarm Actions and set Alarm Trigger Push button double press Alarm Action Name Push buton Aam from 1441 Notes Triggers Select tngger type and click Add Several tnggers of the same type can be added Alarm Trigger Alarm Type Number Push button double oress 40 x Actions Select type of action and click Add Several actions can be added Messaae action Activate Output R Output Duration s Sien 3500 x Send Message Call ID Message Text BeepCode Priority 441 Fg lam from callidl f 5beeos Hich wx Request confirmation 442 Qos Alarm from callid d 5beeos W Hich ajx e Request confirmatio 1443 Fg Alam
221. me Hello localhost 172 20 X XXX 250 OK 250 Accepted 354 Enter mail end with on a line by itself ji 250 OK id XXXXXX XXXXXX XX 221 Hostname closing connection Figure 91 Troubleshooting via Telnet A message is now sent to the call number 123 If the message reaches the Pocket Unit search the fault outside Unite CM Check Mail Client Rules For example in Microsoft Outlook select Tools and Rules wizard Also check that they are enabled Check that e mails are redirected The original sender name is shown only at a redirection not a forward E mails must be redirected to ensure proper handling of manual acknowledge or user response data else the e mail reply will not reach the original sender Check that the DNS domain name server is stated An mx record for the Unite CM host has to be set up in the DNS for example unitecm company com Check that the Messaging System is not overloaded If it takes too long for an e mail to reach the recipient or if e mails do not reach the recipient at all because the message queue is full then the Messaging system might be overloaded This overload is seen in the log files of the interface module for example the IMS Troubleshooting Guide This section lists a number of possible faults probable causes and suggested actions 06 March 2013 Ver 210 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 24 4 1 Troubleshooti
222. mp Nilsson Pippi Vic tualia Rolgordijna Kruizemunta Efralmsdochter Juffrouw 19630122 M Villa Villekulla Br kmakargatan 7 Vimmerby SE 9999 0046123456789 IN lt CR gt PV1 O First aid Room 5 Bed zy De pret ee ee d Eri npEIEEEEI EE EE ELE IILI ILL ELI CR IN1 1 7022 C2Z Zorgverzekering Postbus 99999 Tilburg 9999 AB IJ076 5243xxx LL T TIPITI LLLEEELEEIIILELI900080820 CR IN2 ILLE LEE EELEEE LEE E ELE T I 3 H lt CR gt lt FS gt lt CR gt H 3 Event Handler Configuration This section describes how an HL7 v2 message is transmitted from the Hospital Information System HIS to the Unite CM system HIS ASCII The Hospital Information System HIS connects to Unite CM ASCII through a TCP IP socket The IP address to connect to is the IP address of the Unite CM module An HL7 application message is sent over this connection The message is encapsulated between the input start and input stop characters see the figure in H 4 Configure Unite CM on page 250 06 March 2013 Ver 247 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN The ADT is a software module in HIS ASCOM Action Handler lt VT gt MSH amp HIS ADT_MODULE ASCOM UNITE 200 311170 P 2 21 ALISUI EVN A08 200601090243 CR PID i2490298 L ngstrump amp amp L ngstrump amp Mr amp N Rullgardina K unta Efraemsdotter Langkou
223. n Troubleshoot mode and during firmware upgrade Mass storage mode Secured settings Status LED Mode LED Indicates that manual confirmation is required i Confirmation is done and settings can be activated Power Power LED Bue Closing down caused by feos AA M M M Low voltage also used if the Power parameter conflicts with the actual setup 06 March 2013 Ver 220 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Demonstration Mode Demonstration Mode is activated by pressing the Mode button for 10 seconds Unite CM will then run with full functionality for 2 hours then it returns to the configured license If it works in Demonstration Mode and not in normal operation you probably have a license problem Active faults Refer to 4 13 1 Active Faults on page 59 Fault logging Refer to 4 13 4 Fault Log on page 61 and 4 13 5 Administer Fault Log on page 62 System Information Refer to 23 1 2 System Supervision on page 182 Site Information Refer to 4 13 6 Site Information on page 63 24 6 Advanced Troubleshooting Unite CM Advanced Configuration page requires system administrator rights includes advanced troubleshooting Snapshots of selected logs or a complete log can be viewed Click Configuration on the start page Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page Click the Troubleshoot button on the Advanced Configura
224. n The WLAN Interface has distribution lists that define where incoming data from handsets for example alarms and user data should be sent To find settings for WLAN Message Distribution do as follows 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Se ect Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click Message Distribution under WLAN Interface in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page The following information is supported Alarm Personal alarm from VoWiFi handsets Mobile Data User data sent from VoWiFi handsets Availability Info Change of status of the VoWiFi handsets The status can be changed from Unite CM GUI or from the VoWiFi handset The addressing of the receivers is described in Installation Guide Installation Guide Elise3 TD 92679GB 06 March 2013 Ver 138 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 18 System 900 Interface This chapter handles settings for the connection to the System 900 A bus When the A bus is not connected the bus operating mode should be set to No A bus All other parameters only needs to be set when Unite CM is connected to a Central Unit in the System 900 or controlling the communication on the A bus in systems without a Central Unit Site T9B0RI Figure 54 Modules connected to Unite CM via Central Unit Figure 54 illustrates a two way
225. n Enter the Syslog Server s IP address in the text field Click Save BR WN e 06 March 2013 Ver 207 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 24 Troubleshooting 24 1 General Troubleshooting Log files When troubleshooting it is always a good idea to examine the log files since they provide additional information that may prove useful The first log to examine is the Status log found under Status on the Configuration page but when reporting an error to your supplier more advanced logs might be needed Always include the appropriate log file To find Info log and Error log Click Configuration on the start page Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page Click the Troubleshoot button on the Advanced Configuration page gt WN LG Click View Info Log or View Error Log Unite CM GUI does not start To use the GUI the computer must conform to the requirements listed in Data Sheet Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92739EN If you do not have the correct software versions installed contact your system administrator Firewall issues or no indication of connected device If there is a firewall between Unite CM and any devices the firewall may need some configuration to allow communication See Appendix A for a description of used ports 24 2 Device Manager Troubleshooting Device does not show up in Device Manager If a connected d
226. n See 4 14 5 Fallback to the Primary Unite CM on page 70 NOTE When switching between primary Unite CM and secondary Unite CM it might take a while before devices appear in the Device Manager The Online Status Time Relogin Time determines the maximum time the devices have to relogin to the Device Manager See 6 Device Configuration on page 74 4 14 4 Restrictions on an Active Secondary Module A secondary module that has become active has redistricted functionality as follows e The secondary module can only be up and running as active module for 30 days without a repaired primary module connected Note If you for example shut down the secondary module day 10 it can still use the remaining twenty days when it is started again If the repaired primary module is not connected within 30 days the secondary module will fallback as a standby module e Itis not possible to disable the module redundancy e Itis not possible to use the Troubleshoot mode e Itis not possible to perform a backup restore e tis not possible to add a license e Itis not possible to run the Wizard e Itis not possible to activate the Demonstration Mode 06 March 2013 Ver 69 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 14 5 Fallback to the Primary Unite CM When a secondary module has become an active module it will only switch back to the primary module when the secondary module goes down It is possible to manually switc
227. n another web page For example a hotel guest can then use a button on a computer screen to send a message to room service In this case NetPage is never shown to the user since the URL string contains all relevant data such as Call ID and message A CGI script on the NetPage web server is called with a set of parameters which are separated by the character amp The immediate status shown after the text Status on last message can be presented on a separate web page by enclosing the URL to that web page If no URL parameter is specified the immediate status is always sent to the same web page as the message was generated from and then that page has to handle the status It is possible to use Common Groups when creating URL calls Common Messages My Groups and My Messages cannot be used NOTE 1 The immediate status texts are shown in 22 2 6 Translation of the User Interfaces on page 176 2 It is not possible to remote erase or receive message history status when using the URL call function The following parameters can be set for a URL message Description Name Value range Default value Call ID no Message text msg Message type ack 0 no delivery receipt O 1 delivery receipt 2 manual acknowledge Beep code bp 0 7 3 Priority pri 1 9 7 Return page url Page you sent from Message ID id see below Set by NetPage Erase message del see below UTF8 encoded utf8 see below B The wildcard is allowed in the Call ID
228. n on the start page 2 Select Supervision gt Auxiliary Equipment in the menu on the Configuration page This page reflects system status at 2007 09 19 12 27 39 Update page Auxiliary Equipment Input Status Since Internal Input 1 a 2007 09 07 10 58 29 x Prod Line 2 Problem p 2007 09 12 14 47 18 x Prod Line 2 OK A 2007 09 13 13 1251 x Internal Input 2 9 2007 09 13 13 12 54 x Internal Input 1 Add Auxiliary Equipment Adding Auxiliary Equipment I Select an Input from the drop down list that contains all inputs configured on the I O Setup page 2 Click Add Auxiliary Equipment to add selected input Status Symbols Description Monitored m r Pr The input is not defined in the I O setup The auxiliary equipment has activated the input i e signals a fault Not monitored 06 March 2013 Ver 186 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Changing Monitoring Settings 1 Click Setup to set up monitoring parameters Setup Input Internal Input 1 bd Notes Monitoring Monitored O Yes 9 No Log Setup Equipment Name Level Persistent Error v E Event Description 2 Enter select following settings Setting Description Input The inputs are defined in the I O setup page The input can be changed for example if the monitored equipment has been moved Information about changes can be written in the Notes field Monitoring If the input should be mon
229. n Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 11 6 Duty Assignment Duty Assignment is where locations in for example a hospital and definitions of conditions for Event Elements are set up NOTE Description of how to assign users to specific locations and associated events is found in a separate document Refer to User Manual Duty Assignment in Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92841EN Duty Assignment T Figure 28 Duty Assignment in Unite Connectivity Manager 1 Click Duty Assignment on the start page A Login window opens 2 Enter User ID and Password and click OK Duty Assignment User Gude Assigned Users Figure 29 Duty Assignment page 4 11 7 Action Assignment Events and actions and conditions for events are configured here The administration of access rights is also done in Action Assignment NOTE Configuration work flow definition of Event elements Action configuration Event assignments and how to set up Access rights and Conversion tables are described in a separate document Refer to User Manual Action Assignment in Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92842EN Action Assignment JE Figure 30 Action Assignment in Connectivity Manager 06 March 2013 Ver 58 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN The first time or when new Event and Actions are going to be implemented Event and Actions has to be set up in a certain order 1 Click Action A
230. n and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e ELEMENT TO EXTRACT lt ELEMENT NAME gt lt FIELD gt lt REPETITION gt COMPONENT SUBCOMPONENT Where ELEMENT NAME Name of the Event element that is sent to the Action handler e FIELD Field number that includes the data start count from segment ID REPETITION Repetition number of the field that includes the data EH will take first occurrence if no repetition exists COMPONENT Component number of the field that includes the data e SUBCOMPONENT Subcomponent number of the component that includes the data EH will take COMPONENT if no subcomponent exists Example Note A zero 0 is used if only one 1 value exist in the segment PID Patient Identification 3 ID 4 0 0 0 INAME GIVEN 6 1 2 0INAME FAMILY 6 1 1 1 Would extract the following 3 elements from the PID segment from example message e Element name ID with value 2490298 Element name NAME GIVEN with value Pippi Element name NAME FAMILY with value Langstrump Note Do NOT remove or change the MSH entry in the translation table It is mandatory for the Event Handler configuration to work properly 06 March 2013 Ver 252 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Appendix I XML Message Handling in Event Handler The appendix describes how to define segment from XML messages Unite CM includes a protocol template that can
231. n events 06 March 2013 Ver 202 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Settings Description Discard default All activity logs will be stored if nothing else is specified If Discard is selected and IP Address Service is specified Note that all activities from to the specified service or module will not be stored Store Only activities from to listed IP addresses services will be stored Note that all activities sent from another address service than specified will be lost IP Address Service On the format xxxoox xxx xxx service Truncation level Specifies number of message characters to store in the database before truncation 1 100 characters can be entered If left empty the default characters level will be used 100 for subject and 200 for body Discard administration events Specifies if administrational events shall be filtered out or not 3 Click Save e Discarding Activities based on Type It is possible to discard activities regardless of the sender receiver By default the following activity types are discarded Availability Status Location Data Presentation and Presentation Response 1 Select activities from the Store box that should not be included in the log 2 Move the activities into the Discard box with the arrow button 3 Click Save 23 6 3 Log Export Settings Stored activities can be exported either manually or automatically in CSV or XML file forma
232. n the configured devices in the CUCM The ECG supports both SNMP version 2 and 3 depending on the customer s requirements 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Select Settings under Cisco Interface on the Advanced Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 134 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Cisco Interface CallManager address CallManager device list refresh interval minutes SNMP version SNMP community v2 SNMP privacy v3 SNMP privacy password v3 SNMP authentication v3 SNMP authentication password v3 SNMP user name v3 Phone user UniteSystem Phone password 00000000000 Default notification sound Vibe raw Siren notification sound KotoEffect raw Message update interval seconds 60 HHHBEHHHEHRHHHEHBH NOTE Make sure that the phone user and the handset password is the same as in the setup for the CUCM and that the SNMP parameters correspond to the SNMP parameters in the CUCM 4 In the CallManager address text field enter IP address of the CUCM 5 In the CallManager device list refresh interval minutes text field set the refresh interval value The complete device information is read at regular intervals default once a day To refresh too often in systems with huge amount of devices puts a heavy load for the CUCM In large systems it is recommended to incr
233. nagement Client Unite Connectivity RS232 Manager COM 1 port COM port Figure 98 Connection for Remote Management A cable with RS232 and D SUB 9 pin female connectors is required to be able to manage Unite CM via a Remote Management Client The cable should be connected to the COM1 port on Unite CM and to a free COM port on the PC B 5 Cables for M Figure 99 Cable wiring for RMC odems A cable with RS232 and D sub connector is required when a modem shall be connected to the Unite CM Unite CM ee reas 9 pin fema D sub conn I l ector I 1 DCD e T 77 ooMOveeooeo Figure 100 Cable wiring for modem with 9 pin D sub connector 06 March 2013 Ver 1 2 3 ana No pe re S A M 1 9 pin male D sub connector DCD RX TX GND RTS 230 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN IC er eG Modem TX oie ere es RX vite CM RTS CTS i GND RX DCD TX i GND i H i RTS CTS 20 DTR l 1 9 pin female D sub connector L Figure 101 Cable wiring for modem with 25 pin D sub connector B 6 R232 Cable Connections in a Redundant System In a redundant system having equipment connected via serial interface must the R232 cable be attached
234. nager TD 92735EN 3 General 3 1 Graphical User Interfaces GUIs 3 1 1 Start Page requires no password ascom Unite Connectivity Manager Send Message Phonebook Device Manager Configuration A Setup Wizard kK Activity Log Vieweg Action Assignment 010 user sysadmin amp admin Figure 3 Unite CM start page The start page has entrances to different applications The number and type of applications is license dependent Different applications also requires different authentication levels as shown in the illustration above see Authentication Levels and Default Passwords on page 16 06 March 2013 Ver a 14 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 1 2 Configuration Page Back to start page Back to configuration top page Add the page to favorites Authentication level Unite Connectivity Manager Configuration Logged in as sysadmin Log out Information Y Messaging Status Normal mode Y Phonebook Number of Active Faults 0 Log out to Alarm amp Events Y Fault Handling Software Version B2 3 00 A start page Module Key 00129401 upervision License Number BC299311FF86476F Acti Li Additional License Number 4CB103C5FFBFFFFF Hardware type Elise3 Lite Y Software Y Other MAC Address 00 01 3e 01 f9 79 Host Name gleif IP Address 172 20 13 5 Service Discovery Domain gleif NTP Server Not used Time 2000 03
235. natives Common password User server and Number as password Acommon password can be specified in Unite CM and this password is then used for all VoWiFi handsets in the system If the common password field is left empty the handset must send an empty password for authentication If individual passwords are needed for example for shared phones passwords can either be specified in a User Server or the individual call numbers can be used refer to chapter 4 2 Additional User Settings on page 23 Forced login allows a user to login with a call number that already is in use The handset that already is logged in will then be unregistered 06 March 2013 Ver 137 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN The function is only valid when the authentication method is set to Common password or to Number as password e External location server An external location server can be used for obtaining location information about a device When enabled the timeout specifies the maximum time an alarm will wait for location data from the location server before the alarm is distributed to the alarm recipients i e what delay is acceptable in your specific system External location server address Enter the location server address in the format IP address service If only IP address is specified EventHandler will be used as a default service 5 Click Activate 17 4 WLAN Message Distributio
236. nectivity Manager TD 92735EN 15 3 4 SMS Character Set This setting determines which characters that can be displayed in the handsets when they receive messages Additionally the setting also determines which characters that can be entered in the handsets when the users write messages NOTE The number of characters that can be entered in the handset when writing a message depends on which SMS character set that is used 1 Click Configuration on the Start page 2 Select Other Settings gt Advanced Configuration 3 Select SMS Character Set under DECT Interface in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page 4 Select one of the following Standard SMS Standard SMS works with all handsets but Compatibility Mode some special characters may not be correct Latin 1 Used for later generation of handsets UTF 8 Used for later generation of handsets Use UTF 8 to include characters that is not included in the Latin 1 character set NOTE The UTF 8 character set requires an Ascom IP DECT system with version 5 1 2 or later 5 Click Activate 15 4 Absence Handling in DECT Unite CM keeps track of handsets that have reported absence status When a message is sent to an absent handset the sending module can get information from Unite CM that the handset is absent There are several ways to report that a handset is absent to the Unite CM e The user of the handset sets the handset to absent via the handset s GUI Manual
237. ned as a messaging user in a Unite CM connected to your system For example if several Unite CMs are connected the local Unite CM does not need to have the Call ID in its number plan In this case the local Unite CM must be connected to another Unite CM that holds the Call ID Actions Select type of action and click Add Several actions can be added Message action Y Send Message Call ID Message Text Beep Code Priority SN gt 3 2beeps Y Normal z x ol Request confirmation E DX i i 1 Do one of the following In the Call ID text field enter the Call ID that should receive the message Click the dsymbol to the right of the Call ID text field if the message is to be sent as a reply to the sender of the alarm or data 06 March 2013 Ver 47 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 2 Enter the message text in the Message Text field By clicking the symbols to the right of the text field you can add valuable information to the message such as Call ID of the sender type of alarm and the location If an input is activated the description of the input can be added Message Text Alarm trigger No callId Type 8 alarmType Location location M zx Figure 18 Available information for the alarm trigger Message Text H Input trigger Description inputDescr Figure 19 Available information for the input trigger Message Text Data trigg
238. ng Guide for the Device Manager Fault Probable cause Action or comment e The system does not Configuration error no time Configure the system to connect have the correct time server configured to a time server The time server is Restore connection to time configured but is offline server The web browser is selected Set the time via the advanced as time source but the time configuration has not been set by the user An advanced charger The charger parameters for Use PDM to configure the Service does not come online in Service Discovery are not set Discovery domain in the charger the Device Manager in a to the same value that is set in system with Service Unite CM discovery enabled The service discovery Use PDM to reconfigure the parameter Domain Name is charger to another service not unique in the IP network discovery domain Make sure domain that the Unite CM is configured to use the same value The advanced charger and Use PDMPDM to disable service the Device Manager are discovery in the advanced located in two separate IP charger and to set the IP Address networks that prevents the to the Unite CM service discovery request An advanced charger The charger is configured to Use PDM to disable service does not come online in connect to a Device Manager discovery in the advanced Device Manager in a with a Domain ID that is not charger and to set the IP Address system with Service used
239. ng and fault logging etc Unite CM is a software on the Elise3 hardware It can be used independently but also work in combination with other Unite modules or System 900 modules An input serial interface is included to enable pagings from external equipment The input serial interface supports the ESPA 4 4 4 protocol the Ascom Line protocol and the TAP 1 8 protocol The Ascom Line protocol is designed to be simple enough to be controlled manually using a terminal program connected to the serial port An output serial interface is also included to support the sending of messages to external paging systems The output serial interface supports the ESPA 4 4 4 protocol and the TAP 1 8 protocol Unite CM is delivered with a basic level of functionality but depending on customer requests it can be licensed to have additional levels of functionality Messaging features supported by Unite CM include SMS between users in the system sending instant or predefined text messages from a web browser or messages automatically sent when triggered from for example a handset or a physical input It is also possible to send messages to text displays for example LED signs and corridor displays Unite CM also includes a central phonebook which can be accessed from the handsets The number of entries in the phonebook depends on whether the internal database or an external database is used as phonebook source The included Device Manager is used for managing de
240. ng messaging systems is done in Messaging gt Categories NOTE If the Number Plan is used for address look up the category Number plan is used If the message is diverted with direct addressing the selected category is used 6 Click Save 4 2 2 Create Diversion Chains Up to 10 diversions can be added in a diversion chain For every new diversion click the ES symbol after the diversion condition 1 Click Messaging gt Users in the menu on the Configuration page 2 Click the 8 symbol to the right of the user 06 March 2013 Ver 26 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 Click the Advanced diversion button on the User Setup page Add a diversion to a Not Reachable condition 1 As shown in the figure below click the ES symbol in the grey field after the destination address in this case 1081 gt DECT Setup diversion for 1080 Database utilization 0 3 Diversion EJ G9 1080 DECT E DB IF NOT REACHABLE 1081 DECT E m GR Add New ae Add diversion Condition Work Shift Device Number Address Category Click to add a new If Not reachable Always v Manual Number plan x diversion under this 2 Enter settings and click Save Add a diversion on the same level as the condition 1 Click the 3h symbol after the primary destination as shown in the figure below in this case LU80 gt DECT Setup diversion for 1080 Database
241. ng user Settings Description First Name The first given name Last Name The family name Title The users title or function on the site Call ID The Call ID can be numerical or a text string max 50 characters Normally the Call ID is set as the same as the handset phone number This Call ID is normally used when sending message to this user from for example NetPage Number Address The phone number or the personal address within selected category Category This is the messaging system to which the handset belongs defined in the Setup Wizard Updating or adding messaging systems is done in Messaging gt Categories User Account User ID A user can be given an individual User ID and password for Password logging in to the messaging system and for administration of Confirm Password duty assignments O6Marh2013 Verl S 24 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN User Account Fill in Username and password to be used for signing in and administrating duty assignments User ID Password Confirm Password Donald ITIIII ITIIII User Teams Available 1 Mark the user team you want the user to be a member of in Member of the Available field 2 Click the button to move the User Team to the Member of field User Teams Select which User Teams this user should be a member of Available Member of i Test Testteam Diversion Diversion to other users can be set up to
242. nique i e a number for a user in one system cannot be the same as a number for a user in another system 1 If not already set via the wizard click the Multiple Locations link select Yes and reboot the module Select IP DECT in the menu and click a NOT USED link Enter a name for the DECT interface Enter the Master IP address Enter the Standby Master IP address if a secondary Master is used as a backup Oo ui A uU N Configure desired number of interfaces Up to 20 DECT interfaces can be set up The relative order when entering the IP DECT Masters makes no difference 7 f data shall be encrypted for multiple IP DECT locations click the Encrypt data link and select Yes Every configured connection is supervised every 60 seconds If the supervision fails the connection is handled as lost and a persistent fault is generated After solving a problem with a lost connection it can take up to one minute before the connection over the DECT interface is restored During that time the connection is considered lost and no messages will be sent to that specific connection 15 2 Mixed DECT Systems It is possible to connect different kinds of DECT systems to a Unite CM The systems that can be connected are MX ONE MD110 and IP DECT This feature is useful when you want to connect only one Unite CM to different DECT systems NOTE Configuration of mixed DECT systems cannot be done via the Wizard The MX ONE MD110 must be configured t
243. nite Connectiv Primary n Information Y Messaging Status Application problem Y Phonebook Number of Active Faults 0 Y Fault Handling Software Version 4 02 A Y Supervision Module Key 00129413 Activity Log License Number 30000000X800008 18 STRE Additional License Number X0000000X06BE836B Elise3 Standard SD card Data out of sync 00 01 3e 01 79 85 Elise 10 30 4 131 E3 ST UniteCM1 10 30 0 101 2011 12 07 13 54 55 6d 4h 18m 37s Figure 37 Status information shown on the primary module s Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 67 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Go nttp 10 304 131 File Edit View Favorites Tools Help fay 5 amp vy Page Safetyv Tools v e N N Secondary ascom Unite Connectivity Manager Module in redundancy standby Software Version 4 00 A Module Key 00129413 Redundancy Sync Status Data in sync Virtual IP Address 10 30 6 246 Primary IP Address 10 30 4 129 MAC Address 00 01 3e 01 f9 85 Host Name Elise IP Address 10 30 4 131 Uptime Od 21h 36m 56s Figure 38 Status information shown on the secondary standby module Note that it is not possible to change any settings on a standby module In the Redundancy Sync Status field the following status can be shown e Synchronizing The synchronizing is in progress Additionally the amount of data in percentage that has been synchronized is also shown
244. nly Conversion is controlled by setting maximum lengths of internal and national numbers Examples The following figure shows the elements of a telephone number 46 31 551234 in canonical format used in the parameter descriptions below 46 31 55 1234 Country Code 7 N Extension National PBX Destination Prefix Code Figure 50 Example of how a telephone number is built up from different prefixes and extensions 06 March 2013 Ver 96 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Phonebook Digit Manipulation Digit Manipulation Enabled Country Code National Destination Code International Prefix National Prefix External Line Prefix PBX First Prefix PBX Second Prefix Maximum size of internal phone numbers Minimum size of global phone numbers HERHEHBHHBHHHEH Activate Figure 51 Example of digit manipulation settings The following examples illustrate how digit manipulation works in different queries The queries are considered to be done from within 463155xxxx local exchange see also Figure 51 above e Example 1 The query is within the same local exchange Queried number 551234 Digit manipulation identifies 55 as the local exchange prefix and strips 55 from the number Resulting number 1234 Example 2 The query is within the same city area code but outside the local exchange Queried number 031612500 Digi
245. nnectivity Manager TD 92842EN on how to configure and administrate 06 March 2013 Ver 51 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 11 2 Action Handler If more than one Unite CM is used it must be defined which module that shall handle event assignments Message indications can be modified dependent on the priority of the message Different priority levels can be given different beep signals and be mapped to different colors as an additional indication to the recipient of the message The priority color will be shown in the receiving device which can be a handset or the View application in Ascom Unite Messaging Suite for Healthcare 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the left menu in the Configuration page 3 Click Action Handler in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Action Handler General Edit Priority lt gt Indication mapping Alarm High Normal Low General parameters 4 Click Edit Following general parameters can be set Settings Description Assignment Handler IP address Enter the IP address of the Action Handler that shall handle event assignments Identity A unique name for the Action Handler should be entered when more than one Unite CM is used Individual group number response Set to Yes if an action sent to an address that is diverted to two or more members shall wait for
246. no effect if the software type is different than the currently used software The module will always start up using factory settings if the software type differs 6 Click the Start Installation button 21 3 1 Install New Software in a Redundant System When both the primary Unite CM and the secondary Unite CM are redundant it is possible to install software on both Unite CMs simultaneously It is only needed to install the software on the primary Unite CM since the software also will be installed on the secondary one automatically Follow the instructions in 21 3 Install New Software on page 165 21 3 2 Create a Software Backup It is recommended to now and then create a backup of the software configuration 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Software Installation in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click the Backup button Note that the backup will contain configuration for the running software only 06 March 2013 Ver 166 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 22 Administration of Language and User Interface All text shown in the user interface is by default in English but a copy of the language can be translated and imported to Unite CM Several languages can be added The default English language is not possible to edit or remove The supplied user interface can also be modified to suit the individual customer requirements concerning functionality Basic changes t
247. nstallation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 1 Enter select the following settings Settings Description Start date and time For example 2005 June 04 14 30 End date and time For example 2005 June 05 02 00 File format Export in the format CSV or XML If the log file should be analysed with the Log Analyser then XML format should be chosen Otherwise the choice of format is dependent of the tool that should be used for analysing the data 2 Click Export A dialogue window will open where the activity log can be saved to the local file system Automatic export The automatic export can be done regularly or when the database is full If the exported data exceeds maximum file size the data will be divided into several files In the picture below the log will be exported daily at 12 00 Export type Hout Daty 12 Log will be exported f the database becomes full between scheduled exports Max size of export file in kB File name 1024 LogExport csv 1 Enter select the following settings Settings Description Export type Predefined values to choose from for example No export Database full only Daily Hourly etc Depending on the chosen value the page will look different Enter time data in the fields if the chosen export type is time based File size 100 30 000 kB Enter max size in kB of exported file If file becomes larger exported data will be divided into multiple files
248. ntroductory text in message Response option text 06 March 2013 Ver Max numbers of characters to be forwarded to the handset Overflow is truncated Max numbers of subject characters to be forwarded to the handset Max numbers of body characters to be forwarded to the handset Lower limit for the allowed Call ID range If a message is sent to a Call ID out of the range the message will be discarded Upper limit for the allowed Call ID range If a message is sent to a Call ID out of the range the message will be discarded Characteristic of the beep The message priority A low number means high priority 7 normal paging What part s of the e mail that shall be forwarded to the handset can be specified Text in front of the forwarded e mail note the characters are included in max message length Text in messages with response option 122 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 5 IP Address of Event Handler Allowed IP addresses Allowed mail senders Click Activate The IP address of the Unite module with Event Handler The Event Handler determines which action to be done when receiving the message When this parameter is set all incoming messages will be sent to the Event Handler instead of sending the message to its origin destination Additional settings are required in the Event Handler See also 4 11 Advanced Event Handling on page 51 If e m
249. o use port 1817 when communicating with a Unite CM configured with a mixed DECT system that uses encryption 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Select Interface Selection under DECT Interface on the Advanced Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 126 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 8 DECT Interface Selection DECT Interface Selection IP DECT In the DECT Interface Selection drop down list select IP DECT Click Activate The Unite CM must reboot to apply the setting Click the link Click here to reboot and then click Reboot When the Unite CM has been rebooted select IP DECT under DECT Interface on the Advanced Configuration page IP DECT DECT interfaces NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED Multiple IP DECT masters Data encryption for multiple IP DECT masters Click Multiple IP DECT masters Module settings Multiple IP DECT masters HJ ve Activate 10 11 12 13 In the Multiple IP DECT masters drop down list select Yes Click Activate The Unite CM must reboot to apply the setting Click the link Click here to reboot and then click Reboot When the Unite CM has been rebooted select IP DECT under DECT Interface on the Advanced Configuration page Configure the DE
250. ol version 3 LDAPv3 is an application protocol for querying and modifying directory services running over TCP IP Unite CM starts an LDAP session by connecting to an LDAP server Unite CM then sends operation requests to the server and the server sends responses in return An LDAP directory is a tree of directory entries and follows the structure below e An entry consists of a set of attributes Anattribute has a name and one or more values An entry can look like this dn cn John Ericson dc company dc com cn John Ericson givenName John sn Ericson telephoneNumber 1 888 555 6789 1 Click the LDAP settings link 2 Enter the IP or hostname to the LDAP server in the LDAP Server or Proxy Address field 3 Enter the port number used by the LDAP server in the Port Number field 4 Select how to authenticate to the LDAP server in the Authentication Method drop down list NOTE If the authentication method SASL DIGEST MD5 is selected the IP address for primary DNS server must be entered in the DNS server field on the Network setup page Otherwise it is not possible to authenticate with the LDAP directory Microsoft Active Directory 2003 06 March 2013 Ver 93 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 5 Enter the user name used for logging on to the LDAP server in the User name field It is a good idea to create a new user in the domain with access for the LDAP server 6 Enter the pas
251. on The equipment is supervised with ICMP ping Supenmised 9 Yes ONo Interval 30 s Log Setup Level Error v Event Description Lost connection 2 Enter a descriptive text in the Equipment field Equipment is shown as Module in the Status Log Change IP address or host name if the address of the equipment has changed Select if the equipment should be supervised or not Enter the time between supervision requests Select fault level from the drop down list to use in the transmitted Status Log N Oo ui P5 w Enter a description of the event and click Save Removing IP Equipment Remove IP equipment by clicking the Delete symbol A dialogue window opens click OK to remove the IP equipment 23 3 Auxiliary Equipment Unite CM can be configured to generate a Status Log when receiving an Input Activity This can be used by equipment that indicates faults via a physical output to send faults to the Unite system For each input that is monitored equipment name fault level and event description can be configured It is also possible to set that the sent Status Log should be 06 March 2013 Ver 185 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN persistent The persistent fault will be cleared when the input is deactivated The inputs are defined on the I O Setup page When monitoring is started ended an Activity Log with information about the changes will be sent 1 Click Configuratio
252. on on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click Messaging Distribution under 900 Interface in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page The following information is supported Alarm Personal alarms with location information from handsets e Mobile Data Data sent from handsets e Input activity An input on an Alarm Module has been activated Location Special Location information from handsets e Availability Info Includes absence information that is if a handset is placed in Charging Storage Rack Pagings that are received from the A bus will be transmitted to the destination that corresponds to a Messaging User 1 The Special Location can be sent every time a cordless phone gets a new location from a locator in the system This requires configuration both in the handset and in the locator Also called Immediate Alarm Transmission 06 March 2013 Ver 146 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 19 Create and Send Messages Creating and sending messages via the Messaging Tool requires no password and can be done by any user in the system NetPage on the other hand can be configured to require a login see 19 4 2 NetPage Configuration on page 151 Depending on license different tools for messaging are displayed Messaging Tool included if the license does not include NetPage NetPa
253. on in the language tag Translate Update the text within translation and heiptext tags and save the file Import the XML file Import language file Browse Import Enable translation mode Apply In Translation mode all text will be exchanged with the identification in the language file This can be used to identify where a text is displayed in the GUI Figure 70 Translation page in normal view All the labels on the pages are shown see example below TEXT TRANSLATION TITLE TEXT TRANSLATION LANGUAGE TEXT English TEXT TRANSLATION EXPORT TEXT TEXT IMPORT LANGUAGE BUTTON IMPORT LANGUAGE TEXT TRANSLATION CHECKBOX CAPTION TU OPTION DESIGN MODE TEXT TRANSLATION SAVE TEXT Figure 71 Translation page in translation mode To return to standard view 1 Clear the OPTION DESIGN MODE check box 2 Click BUTTON SAVE 22 1 4 Import Language File for Unite CM When the file is translated it must be imported to Unite CM Click Browse to locate the translated file and click the Import button The name of the translated language the language id attribute will appear as a link in the Existing Language list and can be downloaded for editing purposes 06 March 2013 Ver 169 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 22 1 5 Delete Language On the Translation page click the Delete symbol to the right of the language you want to remove see below Note
254. on the Configuration page N Pe Click the Ed symbol to the right of the Work shift you want to Make your changes and click Save Delete Click the E symbol to the right of the Work shift you want to delete 20 5 Add Messaging Category 1 Click Users amp Groups on the start page 2 Sel ect Messaging Categories in the menu on the Configuration page Messaging Categories Category Description IP Address Service Service Extension Properties DECT 127 0 0 1 DECT Y 4 PX Central Phonebook 127 0 0 1 Phonebook PX WLAN 127 0 0 1 WLAN Y lt yx HUS DECT 172 20 10 147 DECT yx Categories available to fetch x 3 Enter the following settings Setting Description 06 March 2013 Ver Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Category description Description of the category will be shown in the configuration Added automatically if the category is selected in the Category available to fetch drop down list IP Address The IP address of the module that should handle messaging in the category Added automatically if the category is selected in the Category available to fetch drop down list Service The service on the module that handles the message The name of the service running on a module is found in the System Overview page if the module is surveyed Service Extension Optional addressing information For example used to add optional System 900 categ
255. onfiguration See 4 11 3 Event Handler on page 53 Used to trigger the Basic Alarm Manager BAM that is a basic event handler making it possible to set up actions on incoming events The destination to the service can for example be configured via Message Distribution settings See 17 4 WLAN Message Distribution on page 138 Used for communication via a DECT interface The destination to the service can for example be configured via Device Manage ment settings See 6 2 Device Handling Configuration on page 75 Used to trigger the Event Handler that is an advanced message handler making it possible to set up actions on incoming events The destination to the service can for example be configured via Message Distribution settings See 15 3 3 DECT Message Distribution on page 130 Used to send faults in Unite CM to a System log The destination to the service can for example be configured via Log settings See 7 9 Logging on page 86 Used for communication via an S900 paging interface The destination to the service can for example be configured via Messaging Category settings See 20 5 Add Messaging Category on page 161 Used to communicate with a Java Server with Java application installed The destination to the service can for example be configured via Input Activity settings See 4 8 4 Input Activity Distribution on page 43 Used to communicate with other systems that require Open Access Protocol OAP The destination to the serv
256. onnectivity Manager TD 92735EN 8 Central Phonebook Configuration This chapter describes the configuration of the Central Phonebook For information about entering central phonebook entries see 4 7 Manage Central Phonebook Entries on page 38 The Central Phonebook gives the possibility to search for telephone numbers in a local database or in an LDAP server If the search is to be forwarded to an LDAP or CMG server the parameters need to be configured as described in 8 5 LDAP Parameter Setup on page 93 or 8 6 CMG Parameter Setup on page 95 NOTE If an LDAPv3 connection to a central phonebook is used all settings needed are done in the setup wizard 8 1 Technical Specification The local database has defined limitations while most of the limitations for the LDAP CMG server depends on the LDAP CMG server used see table below Local Database LDAP CMG Server Max No of phonebook entries 500 Server dependent Max No of characters in family name 20 Server dependent Max No of characters in first name 20 Server dependent Max No of digits in telephone number 20 Server dependent Max No of returned entries request 25 25 Handsets that can access the phonebook Depends on handset type 8 2 Customize the Search Result Text When a request is sent to the central phonebook a text is included in the response that is sent to the handset These texts can be customized for example translated The central phonebook supports search tex
257. ons are installed on the module you can switch between them NOTE When switching software over a Remote Management Client RMC using previous settings you might loose RMC connection to the module if the port is not opened on both software 1 and software 2 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Software gt Switch in the menu on the Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 164 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN B Switch Software Y Messaging Software 1 Y Phonebook Software Name Unite Connectivity Manager Software Version 4 04 A Alarm amp Events Fault Handling Supervision Activity Log Software 2 running Y Status Software Name Unite Connectivity Manager Software Version 4 10 A WLAN Portables Software Information Select settings Switch Installation Keep previous settings Copy current settings Use factory default settings 3 Under Select settings select one of the following Keep previous settings means that the settings last used for the software is activated again after the switch This option is only available if the software has been used at least one time before Copy Current settings means that you copy the configuration from the software you are currently using and is only available if both software are of the same type Use factory default settings means that you apply the default
258. or e mails File name File name to use when exporting the activity log A time stamp and a counter is added after the file name for each new file that is exported 2 Define if the automatic export should be sent to a file or as an E mail see separate descriptions below how to configure the different types of exports Export to File 1 Click Add FTP entry Export to File FTP Server Address Path FTP User Password User ID format XML v X AddFTP entry 06 March 2013 Ver 205 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 2 Enter select following settings Settings Description FTP Server Address IP address for the FTP server Path The path to a directory on the FTP server where exported files should be placed FTP User User name to log in to the FTP server Password Password for entered user User ID Enter ID if only the activities the user is allowed to see shall be exported If left empty all activities will be exported File format Export in the format CSV or XML If the log file should be analysed with the Log Analyser then XML format should be chosen Otherwise the choice of format is dependent of the tool that should be used for analysing the data 3 Click Save Export to E mail To be able to export via E mail the IP address host name of the mail server must be set up defined in the Setup Wizard 1 Click Add E mail entry Export as E mail E mail Addre
259. or relay can manually be reset from the Active Faults page e Outputs 1 Select an output and click Add 2 Set the duration in seconds If the duration is not set the output is active until no persistent faults remain 3 Click Save at the bottom of the page The outputs can manually be reset from the I O Setup page See 4 8 Input Output Setup on page 39 Sending Messages First Persistent Fault Action on First Persistent Fault Send Message Add Message Send E mail Add E mail Send SNMP Trap Add SNMP trap Click Add Message in the Action on First Persistent Faults section to send a message for the first persistent fault Refer to Message Action on page 193 Click Add E mail if an e mail notification should be sent Refer to E mail Action on page 194 Click Add SNMP trap to send a SNMP trap Refer to SNMP Trap Action on page 194 06 March 2013 Ver 196 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e No Remaining Faults Action on No Remaining Persistent Faults Send Message Add Message Send E mail Add E mail Send SNMP Trap Add SNMP trap Click Add Message in the Action on No Remaining Persistent Faults section to send a message when all persistent faults are resolved Refer to Message Action on page 193 Click Add E mail if an e mail notification should be sent Refer to E mail Action on page 194 Click Add SNMP trap to send a SNMP
260. ory information where the Service Extension is set to categoryzX X represents the System 900 category A to J Properties Broadcast and Multicast cem can be selected if the category has any of those capabilities 4 Click Save 20 5 1 Editor Delete a Category 1 Click Messaging gt Categories on the Configuration page Click the j symbol to the right of the Category you want to edit N Pe Make your changes and click Save Delete 1 Click the symbol to the right of the Category you want to delete 20 6 Add S900 Composite Category for Multi Site Paging It is possible to map several S900 sites to one and same composite category where each S900 site is represented by an IP address The composite category can be used for an S900 paging handset that moves between several sites S900 Site A 5900 Site B 9521 T942C Unite CM Unite CM T942C 952T Transmitter Central with number plan and 10 30 1 2 Central Transmitter Unit composite category Unit 10 30 4 1 Figure 68 Example of a paging handset that is used on several sites As shown in Figure 68 the composite category is configured on the Unite CM that holds the number plan The composite category is configured with the IP addresses to the Unite CMs located on each site The paging handset Call ID 1000 is added as messaging user mapped to the composite category This configuration makes it possible for a user of the paging handset to receive messages on
261. ory status is received and displayed 22 4 Update the User Interface after a new Unite CM Release When a new version of Unite CM is released there might be changes in the user interface that need to be translated 1 Import your old translated file to the new Unite CM software version New text and buttons in the user interface are shown in English 2 Click the language file link and save it 3 Open the file All tags that are not translated are marked with the comment lt The text identifier below couldn t be translated gt 4 Translate the new text and import the translated file again 06 March 2013 Ver 179 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 23 System Supervision and Security Configuration Figure 79 Configuration 23 1 Unite Modules 23 1 1 System Survey It is possible to survey other Unite modules in the system All Unite modules connected to the LAN System Survey or just one single module 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Supervision Unite Modules in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click Survey System button located at the bottom of the Unite Module overview page to start a system survey e Tosurvey one single module enter the IP address for the module and then click the Survey Module button Scan the complete system for supervisable Add specific module to survey enter IP address modules by pressing the button and press bu
262. ove the module 06 March 2013 Ver 181 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 23 1 2 System Supervision Unite CM can supervise the modules that respond to a survey request A request will be sent to the module with the specified interval default set to 30 seconds Unite CM can send a supervision request either to a Unite module or an ICMP ping every second i e if the interval is set to 30 seconds up to 30 modules Unite or IP Equipment can be supervised If this limit is exceeded the interval will automatically be increased n the response the module includes information about host name software version module key license start up time and start up cause If the error relay is released the response will include this information also which will result in the status Error in the overview Status Symbols Description un Supervision OK e Module lost Appears in a Lost Modules list e Module error Fr Module not supervised If the module does not answer on the request Unite CM will generate a persistent Status Log It includes the module type IP address and host name of the non responding module The default level is Critical but can be changed on the setup page It is also possible to add a customized text to the Status Log The persistent fault will be cleared when Unite CM gets a response from the module When supervision is started ended and when the supervision interval
263. own in the Existing Modules list Existing Modules Module IP Address Host name Status Since OAS 172 20 10 102 OAS 102 x 3 53 Service Description TH 8 04 900 a Interface an mem OAS OAT Server ESS 172 20 10 135 Elise ESS x 2 15 Service Description 2 8 31 SP3 S900 System 900 Interface T 2008 01 22 16 30 52 FaultHandler System Fault Handler ActivityLogger System Activity Logger Figure 81 List of existing modules at a definite time System Survey Status Symbols When a system or module is surveyed but not supervised the status symbol for each module will show Module not supervised see below Symbol Description E Module not supervised is x Module lost Unite Module Overview When all modules have been set up for survey the Unite Module overview page gives a snapshot of the system at the time stated uppermost on the page If a new system survey is wanted click the Survey System button again If any new modules have been added to the system since the last survey they will be shown in the New modules list and can be set up to be supervised Remove Unite Modules from the Overview If a module is physically removed from the system and a new survey is made the module is not automatically removed from the Unite Module overview page The result of the survey for that module will be Module lost To remove the module from the Unite Module overview page click the Delete symbol A dialogue window opens click OK to rem
264. page 30 4 5 Create Work Shifts on page 34 4 11 Advanced Event Handling on page 51 7 1 Mail Server Address on page 79 7 2 UNS User Server on page 79 7 3 Remote Service Center on page 81 8 6 CMG Parameter Setup on page 95 11 ASCII Interface on page 109 14 SMTP Mail Interface on page 120 22 2 5 Creating a URL Call on page 175 24 3 E mail Interface Troubleshooting on page 209 B 4 Cables for Remote Management Client on page 230 Appendix G ASCII table on page 245 Appendix H Extracting Information from HL7 v2 Messages on page 246 Appendix I XML Message Handling in Event Handler on page 253 Added Multiple Masters to chapter 15 1 4 IP DECT on page 125 Updated licence info in chapter 1 1 Licenses for Unite CM on page 1 e Removed Device Manager from this document A new document User Manual Device Manager in Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92855EN has been created D 27 June 2011 Updates in chapter 1 1 Licenses for Unite CM on page 1 and 7 7 Java Server GSM on page 85 E 19 December 2011 Added chapters 4 14 Module Redundancy on page 65 Appendix C System 900 Connections on page 232 Appendix D Updated chapters See change bars for additional changes 06 March 2013 Ver 223 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Version Date Description F 05 March 2012 Updated chapters 7 2 UNS User Server on page 79 Note added regarding ESS 7 12 Setting Li
265. passwords Add users To enable messaging to and between handsets all users must be added to Unite CM Refer to 4 1 Add Users to Unite CM on page 20 Create groups optional Groups makes it possible to send one message to several handsets Refer to 4 3 Create Groups on page 30 Create User Teams optional User Teams makes it possible to give users different access rights Refer to 4 4 Create User Teams on page 34 Access rights for User Teams needs to be defined if Duty Assignment is going to be used 06 March 2013 Ver 11 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 5 Create work shifts optional Work shifts makes it possible to create diversions to different Call IDs depending on active work shift Refer to 4 5 Create Work Shifts on page 34 6 Create an individual password for logging in to the system optional Refer to 4 2 Additional User Settings on page 23 7 Configure the phonebook if the local database is used when not using LDAP CMG server refer to 4 7 Manage Central Phonebook Entries on page 38 8 Create a security backup We recommend you to create a security backup of all settings to facilitate the configuration in case of a system failure Refer to 4 15 Back up the Configuration on page 71 2 5 Optional Settings Some of the optional settings in Unite CM are included in the basic license others require an additional license refer to 1 3 How to Use this Document
266. pecified here Default display message Message to display if not specified in the external equipment Default BLANK Default message priority Priority if not specified in the external equipment Default 7 Normal Default beep code Beep code if not specified in the external equipment Default 2 beeps Default urgency If set to High Stand by mode in receiver is broken through Default Normal Transmission delay x10 ms How long to wait before transmission to receiver Advanced Default 30 milliseconds Enable checksum validation Set to No if for example external equipment uses Advanced an algorithm that differ from the 7 bit value used in TAP Default Yes Delay time before a log on How long to wait before disconnecting the external timeout occurs equipment Advanced Valid values 0 127 where 0 means Not enabled Default 8 seconds Delay time before a block How long this module shall wait before hanging up timeout occurs Valid values 0 127 where 0 means Not enabled Advanced Default 4 seconds Numbers of allowed times to How many log on attempts from external log on equipment shall be permitted Advanced Valid values 1 127 Default 3 tries Numbers of allowed checksum How many checksum failures from external failures equipment shall be permitted Advanced Valid values 1 127 Default 3 tries Numbers of allowed timeouts How many timeouts shall be permitted Valid values 1
267. pendix I XML Message Handling in Event Handler for more information H 1 HL7 Classic Style Message Definition The HL7 protocol transfers simple messages in which all data is transferred as ASCII data A message is terminated with the characters as defined in the Minimum Lower Level Protocol MLLP Each segment begins with a three character literal value that identifies it within a message A segment is always terminated with an ASCII Carriage Return character Segments may be defined as required or optional and may be permitted to repeat The first segment is a message header MSH It contains the delimiter characters to be used in the message A amp and other information Each segment consists of several Data fields Data fields are separated with a vertical bar character Individual data fields are found in the message by their position within their associated segments A data field can consist of more than one component A component may have sub components Fields may be repeated message segment feit component subcom Figure 114 A HL7 message Delimiters ASCII e VT 11 0x0B e FS 28 0x1C e CR 13 0x0D HL7 Define by Suggested value Comment Message MLLP start lt VT gt Defined in TCP connection stop lt FS gt lt CR gt parameters for the HL7 MLLP TCP connection in the ASCII Input Module Segment HL7 stop lt CR gt Defined static in Event Handler configuration Fie
268. peration Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 7 Additional System Settings 7 1 Mail Server Address To be able to send e mails the address to the Mail server needs to be specified The address can also be set in the setup wizard Click Configuration on the start page Select Other Advanced Configuration in the Configuration page Click Mail Server in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page BR WN HG Enter the IP address or hostname of the mail server and click Activate NOTE The company mail server must be set up to allow relaying to be able to send messages from the Ascom Messaging System as e mails Contact your local IT department 7 1 1 Hostname Setting in Fault Handler E mail The Unite CM can hide the hostname shown in the e mails sent from a Fault Handler This can be useful when a generic e mail address should be shown The hostname is included by default 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Click Mail Server on the Advanced Configuration page 4 In the Include hostname in outgoing faulthandler mails drop down list select if the hostname should be included or not 5 Click Activate 7 2 UNS User Server t is possible to set which number plan that is UNS to be used in a system By default the Unite CM is configured to use the local number plan but it is possible to use another number plan by
269. plication to the Unite CM 3 Restart the Java application from the Unite CM Administration page The restart is accessed on http boocox xxx xxx apprestart Goooo xxx xxx is the IP address of the Unite CM The user ftpuser can be used 1 Internet Explorer is not an FTP client so its not possible to copy and move files from Internet Explorer 06 March 2013 Ver 85 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 Perform a functionality test of the uploaded application 7 7 2 Configuration 7 8 7 9 The Message Distribution lists for the different interfaces have to be configured to send the information i e alarms user data location etc to the Java Server in Unite CM in order to give the client access to the information The address of the Java Server is XXX XXX XXX XXX OAJ where 5ooxoooxooocxxx is the IP address of the Unite CM running the Java Server application usually internal host 127 0 0 1 Refer to 15 3 3 DECT Message Distribution on page 130 17 4 WLAN Message Distribution on page 138 and 18 2 System 900 Message Distribution on page 146 Importing new OA XML file It is possible to import new services and update existing services by importing a new OA XML file to the Unite CM The OA XML description and OA XML schema documents will also be updated when a new file is imported 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the
270. r Warning Description of the fault as defined in the module Type of module e IP address and host name of the module that generated the fault By expanding the fault in the list additional information about the fault is shown containing 06 March 2013 Ver 59 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e Fault ID This is used to reference a persistent fault when it later is reset Fault code Description of the fault code Active Faults Active Faults 1 1 Expand all entries Time Level Description Module Address Ej 2010 09 01 10 33 22 Warning Fault in module component Unite 172 20 13 84 X Connectivity Manager Open Access App Specific Elise ID 1 2 3 29 No Connection to the Modem GSM Error Relay Figure 32 The Active Faults page The fault will remain in the list until the module sends a status message confirming that the module is working properly again It is also possible to delete the fault in the list by clicking the delete symbol NOTE If the IP address or license is changed in Unite CM the faults reported for the previous IP address license will remain since no confirmation can be received These faults must be manually deleted The active faults list page has to be manually updated by clicking the Update Page link uppermost on the page 4 13 2 Reset the Error Relay The error relay can be reset manually from the Active Faults page NOTE When module redundan
271. r Fixed IP DECT Devices sse 77 6 6 Service DISCOVOlbV oc tte E ete n e ee ERU E Rs ER reete pen 77 7 Additional System Settings eee eee ee esee ee eee esent e ettet tn ette tenen etas tn sense n aso aue 79 7 1 Mail Server Address sessi nter nennen 79 132 UNSZUS r SOLVER ue e et eee ee Ath a dee Rise 79 7 3 Remote Service Center et ER RR TRIER RO WOES 81 PA Remote Mariagerriert sete tee tee eere eren edes 82 7 5 Unlock GUI Managed by Unite AM idee HC tette ceteri 84 7 6 Opern Access Protocol QAP tcc nete o i Perte eie 84 T JavasServer GSM sec t D RR ERE OR RR e ER TE v he E Lid 85 7 8 Importing new OA XML file sess terere tnter tenens 86 pria 86 7 10 Time Setting Sisun i t e n te t teo ennt 87 V LT NetworlSettihig hec e tee p etes 88 7 12 Setting License Number for Unite CM eese tette tontos tt tontonnes 89 7 13 Import Smart Device License Document eene tentent 90 T4 REB taena bb e RES a dy 90 8 Central Phonebook Configuration eere eee e reete e eee eene eene eene entente etas a esu aue 91 8l Technical Specification zer ee Ha E Rec ERREUR 91 8 2 Customize the Search Result Text icto tiet ene notast 91 8 3 Central Phonebook Setting S i e tee di qat 92 8 4 Select Central Phonebook Database eceeesseseseceseseesesesecessesceseeeeseseeseeesseeeenseeeneenes 93 8 5 LDA
272. r jumps back and forth between the Device Managers e Some devices report The device is occupied with No action needed The Device device busy in the Device some action that the device Manager will synchronise the Manager when the user is cannot combine with changes when possible trying to change device parameter synchronisation parameters e Not possible to starta The device type is included in Disable the baseline feature software download for a baseline and manual some specific device software download is Exclude the device type from types therefore disabled the baseline e Software download is The device is not online Software download will start stuck in pending when device gets online Multiple devices are There is a limitation in the Device currently being updated Manager on the number of simultaneous software downloads All devices are placed in a queue and will be upgraded in time No action needed Download will start in time File downloads retrying The device is currently No action needed The download unavailable device out of will start when the device comes range network problem in range again Software downloads The device is already updated Restart the device manually and rejected with a new software but not restart the download yet restarted on the new software This is due to selected activation time in previous software update i e When idle in charger or After manual rest
273. r of licensed users 5 1000 plus 0 license free users ead FirstName CallID Number Address gt Category eiui ddress Category S Adam 2000 2000 DECT a S7 38x S Erica 3999 3999 DECT TFX Shared handset 4100 4100 gt DECT RO 38 X Day shift lastName1firstName1 5000 5000 DECT TFX lastName3firstName3 4000 4000 gt DECT a5 S 38x Figure 12 Example of imported messaging users to Unite CM In Unite CM the imported ESS information appears as shown in figure 12 on page 37 2000 CallID device and user imported 3999 Call ID device and user imported Since the Call ID existed in the Call ID range and also as a individual Call ID the Unite CM imported the individual Call ID only 4000 Call ID and device imported Since the Call ID only existed in the Call ID range the Unite CM extracted the Call ID into an individual one NOTE Extraction of Call ID ranges into individual Call IDs consumes additional messaging users in Unite CM In addition since Call ID had no user associated the Unite CM added a generic user in the format lastName lt n gt firstName lt n gt where n is a number starting from 1 4100 Call ID and device imported Since the Call ID had no user associated but a description the Unite CM added the description as user 5000 CallID and device imported Since the Call ID had no user associated the Unite CM added a generic user in the format lastName lt n gt firstName lt n gt wh
274. r than the set value are truncated e Call ID range Lower limit Sets the lower limit of a Call ID range Messages sent to Call IDs out of this range are cancelled An empty field means no lower limit 06 March 2013 Ver 151 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e Call ID range Upper limit Sets the upper limit of a Call ID range Messages sent to Call IDs out of this range are cancelled An empty field means no upper limit User login required Sets whether a login is required for NetPage If set only configured users can login to NetPage This parameter will only have effect on the default GUI index4 e Automatic logout when idle minutes Sets how long a user can be idle before being logged out To prevent automatic logout leave this field empty If the parameter User login required is set to No leave this field empty Messaging rights Choose between Call ID range and User rights to determine how NetPage shall verify Call IDs Call ID range means that Call IDs are verified according to the Call ID range limit settings User rights means that Call IDs are verified according to the messaging rights defined for the user This requires that the parameter User login required is set to Yes e Number list source Choose between File FTP area and User database e Default GUI Select which GUI to use as start page for NetPage Choose between Custom Index 1 Index 2 Index 3 Index
275. rameter to 0 0 0 0 For additional information see also Installation Guide Elise3 TD 92679GB 7 12 Setting License Number for Unite CM It is possible to enter the license number via the Advanced Configuration page and the Setup Wizard The Unite CM must reboot after the new license number has been entered TIP If you upgrading your Unite CM with a license to increase the number of messaging users you do not need to reboot the Unite CM However when changing the license via the Setup Wizard you must always reboot the Unite CM 06 March 2013 Ver 89 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN NOTE If your Unite CM shall support smart device users you have to import a smart device license as described in 7 13 Import Smart Device License Document Click Configuration on the start page Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page Click License under Common in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page BR WN e Enter license number stated on the License certificate as follows e Inthe License field enter the License Code 01 key Inthe License 2 field enter the License Code 11 key NOTE The other license fields are currently not in use 5 Click Activate 7 13 Import Smart Device License Document NOTE This feature requires an OAP license The Unite CM can provide messages to smart device applications that in turn provide the messag
276. rd Policy Minimum length Number of character types Number of previous passwords not allowed Repeated characters Allowed v Sequential characters Allowed v activate Figure 6 The Password Policy page 4 Select password policy 06 March 2013 Ver 17 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 5 Click Activate It is also possible to select previous or factory default settings Security settings such as not allowing HTTP and FTP access disabling NETBIOS and increasing the security by using Certificates might be needed if required by the customer 3 4 Disable the NetBIOS Service Security settings such as disabling NETBIOS might be needed if required by the customer The NetBIOS port is default enabled but can be disabled if needed for security reasons The NETBIOS Service makes it possible to access the module with the NetBIOS name elise XXXXXXXX where XXXXXXXX is the module key number 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Settings Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Select IP Ports under Security in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page IP Ports NetBIOS UDP Port 137 X enabled v Fragmented TCP packets Caution EE advised Disabled Previous Factory f cancel CS 4 Select Disabled in the NetBIOS UDP Port 137 drop down list 5 Click Activate 3 5 Allow Fragmented
277. responsible for the system in case of error 06 March 2013 Ver 237 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Appendix F Alarm Action Configuration Examples This appendix presents examples on how alarm actions can be configured System setup for examples In this section first the included system components are presented then which inputs and outputs that need to be setup System Components One Alarm Module 4 inputs has been defined in the Input Output Setup Input names Cold storage door open Cold storage door still open Cold storage door open very long Cold storage door closed e One Output Module 2 outputs have been defined in the Input Output Setup Output names Cold storage lamp Siren e 4handsets with push button alarms handset addresses 1440 1441 1442 and 1443 Input Output Setup In these examples the outputs and inputs are set according to the following figure I O Setup Outputs ID Output Name Module Address Output Inactive Initial State 1 Internal Output 1 127 0 0 1 Internal 1 High open collector Reset 2 Internal Output 2 127 0 0 1 Internal 2 High open collector Inputs ID Input Name Module Address Input Activation gion 1 Internal Input 1 127 0 0 1 Internal 1 On Opening 2 Internal Input2 127 0 0 1 Internal 2 On Opening L 6 Cold storage door ope 1270 0 1 02 1 On Opening 120 x 7 Cold storage door sti
278. s MoQ 50 users e FE3 C1ALEUC Unite Connectivity Manager User license Sold in blocks of 10 users MoQ 100 users e FE3 C1ALEUD Unite Connectivity Manager User license Sold in blocks of 10 users MoQ 500 users 1 1 3 Other additional Licenses Compact BASE e FE3 C1ALCDM Unite Connectivity Manager Device Management Enables device management for up to 10 000 devices regardless of number of licensed users e FE3 C1ALCEC Unite Connectivity Manager External Carrier systems interface ESPA TAP output interface GSM modem interface and Text Displays over IP e FE3 C1ALCAL Unite Connectivity Manager Activity Logging for 30 clients and XML export of Activity Log 1 The Elise3 Standard module is required for connection to System 900 and RS232 connection to DECT system 1 Requires Elise3 Standard module 2 Minimum order Quantity 06 March 2013 Ver 2 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e FE3 C1ALCOAP Unite Connectivity Manager Open Access Protocol OAPv4 Basic one way Manual Acknowledge Interactive Messaging IM User Data Alarm Location Remote Change of profile Availability and Poll Location e FE3 C1ALCJVM Unite Connectivity Manager Java Virtual Machine JVM Basic one way Manual Acknowledge Interactive Messaging IM User Data Alarm Location Remote Change of profile Availability and Poll Location e FE3 C1ALCEH Unite Connectivity Manager Advanced Ev
279. s IP address or the Service Discovery Domain ID to logon to the wanted Device Manager This chapter is only applicable when Service Discovery Domain ID is to be used For example In the IP DECT Base Station IPBS the Service Discovery is enabled with Domain ID set to Unite_CM_1 and the Domain ID in your Unite CM is also set to Unite CM 1 see 6 6 Service Discovery on page 77 In this case enable the service discovery in your Unite CM in order to logon the IPBS to the Device Manager that matches the Domain ID 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Settings gt Advanced Configuration on the Configuration page 3 Under IP DECT Interface click Device Handling in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Device Handler Settings Enable service discovery E Enabled Previous Login TTL min E 30 Factory C Activate 4 In the Enable service discovery drop down list select Enable if the fixed IP DECT devices use service discovery to find the Device Manager 5 Click Activate 6 3 Online Status Report Time for Chargers It is possible to set how often a device type must log in in order to be considered online This is called Online Status Report Time To enable moving a charger without being logged out it is possible to set a Status Log Delay Time If the device has not logged in again within the Online Status Report Time the Status Log Delay Time starts ticking
280. s amp amp Langko Rolgordijna K emunta Efrafmsdochter Villekullla Br kmakargatan 7 Vimmerby SE 99991 100461234567891 IL LEE IN I CR PV1 OjFirst x 5 Bed rA U Mid aiaiga aat p E EB E E FL baa I IN1 1 17022 CZ Zorgverzekering Postbus 9999 5243xxx HELLE EIPEILTLEL ELE ELE LEE LI ETILI1I900080 M IN2 IL ELLE TELE ET EE GL G G lt FS gt lt CR gt l HLLEELEELE ESI R lt cr gt Figure 115 The connection between ADT ASCII ASCII Event Handler The ASCII application will send a UNITE paging message to the Event Handler The body of the paging message includes the encapsulated message NOTE The paging body text can only contain up to 5000 characters ASCOM Action Handler UNITE message lt USP type message class paging id XXXXXXXX gt lt gt lt gt Body MSH A amp HIS ADT MODULE ASCOM UNITE 20060109024819 ADT A08 20060109024311170 P12 2 IALI SUII EVN A081200601090243 CR PID 2490298 Lingst rump amp amp LAngstrump amp Mr amp Nilsson Pippi Viktualia Rullgardina Krusmunta Efraemsdotter Ms Langkous amp amp Langkous amp Dhr Nilsson Pippi victualia Rolgordijna Kruizenunta Efralwsdochter Juffrouw 19630122 MI Vi11a Villekullla Br kmakargatan 7 Vismerby sE 9999 0046123456789 I 11 IN 4CRSTV1 O First aid Room 5 Bed A aaa enassans nn snn pEEELLEL E E EE FR TEETER ELE ELE EGLI E EIL EE IL PCR I
281. sage the message is NAK ed In 9425SI it was ACK ed but didn t function Call type Cordless phone undefined type Record 4 7 Ascom dialect Sent as standard paging Record 4 3 Call type Cordless phone internal type Record 4 8 Ascom dialect Sent as standard paging Record 4 3 Call type Cordless phone external type Record 4 9 Ascom dialect Sent as standard paging Record 4 3 06 March 2013 Ver 255 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Number of transmissions Record 5 standard ESPA This record is accepted but ignored since it is not supported by Unite Number of transmissions can be set under System 900 and is then valid for all messages independent of the record value Here it is also possible to determine number of transmissions based on the paging priority advanced Mailbox number Record A Ericsson dialect This record is accepted but ignored since it is not supported by Unite Infopage Record C Ascom dialect This record is accepted but ignored since it is not supported by Unite Advanced parameters Bleep each transmission This parameter was available in 942SI The parameter is not available in Unite CM instead the parameter can be set in advanced GUI under System 900 Advanced parameters Flow control XON XOFF Not supported since there are some issues with the control characters If the block check character becomes any of the two control charact
282. sed if higher storage capacity is needed For information about which SD memory cards that currently are supported see Data Sheet Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92679GB IMPORTANT Once SD memory card is selected as data storage the Unite CM will use the SD memory card permanently This means that it is not possible to roll back to the internal flash memory later on 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Data Storage on the Configuration page 3 Click Activate 06 March 2013 Ver 72 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 5 Device Manager The management of devices such as handsets and chargers are done in the Device Manager application in Unite CM NOTE Make sure that the Device Manager is configured to communicate with the interface for example IP DECT the devices are connected to If not the devices will not appear in the Device Manager See 6 1 Device Management Setup on page 74 Device Manager Figure 39 Device Manager in Unite CM 1 Click Device Manager on the start page A Login window opens 2 Enter User ID and Password and click OK Ascom Device Manager File Device t ti Options Help A Devices Numbers Templates Licenses Search For in Description v Show all Device ID Description Software version Devicetype Parameter version Upgrade status Online Latest number 00013e0 1 3 11 Rack Charger 3 1 6830665 Rack
283. should match the IP address in the received trap Filter Enter a text that should match the trap message Wildcard can be used to match a part of the received message Leave the field empty if the trap should be received regardless of the trap message Enabled Select if the action should be enabled or not If enabled incoming SNMP traps will be matched with the IP address and the filter condition that is set Level Select which level the sent Status Log should have or select No Log to not generate a Status Log when a trap matching the conditions is received Event Description Enter an event description to be included in the Status Log Include trap data Select the Include trap data check box if received trap data should be included in the log message 3 Click Save 06 March 2013 Ver 190 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Removing SNMP Trap Action Remove SNMP trap action by clicking the Delete symbol A dialogue window opens click OK to remove the SNMP trap action 23 5 Fault Handling The fault handling in Unite CM makes it possible to start actions on an incoming fault Possible actions are output activity triggering sending a message sending a fault notification via SNMP Trap or via E mail The actions start depends on trigger conditions Note that if Unite CM is to take care of faults from external modules these modules must be configured to send t
284. sion 36 68 D 100 d 5 ENQ enquire 37 96 69 E 101 e 6 ACK acknowledge 38 amp 70 F 102 f 7 BEL bell 39 71 G 103 g 8 BS backspace 40 72 H 104 h 9 TAB horizontal tab 41 73 105 i 10 LF NL line feed new line 42 ii 74 J 106 j 11 VT vertical tab 43 75 K 107 k 12 FF NP form feed new page 44 d 76 L 108 13 CR carriage return 45 77 M 109 m 14 SO shift out 46 1 78 N 110 n 15 SI shift in 47 79 O 111 o 16 DLE data link escape 48 0 80 P 112 p 17 DC1 device control 1 49 1 81 Q 113 q 18 DC2 device control 2 50 2 82 R 114 r 19 DC3 device control 3 51 3 83 S 115 S 20 DC4 device control 4 52 4 84 T 116 t 21 NAK negative acknowledge 53 5 85 U 117 u 22 SYN synchronous idle 54 6 86 V 118 V 23 ETB end of trans block 55 7 87 W 119 Ww 24 CAN cancel 56 8 88 X 120 x 25 EM end of medium 57 9 89 Y 121 y 26 SUB substitute 58 90 Z 122 Z 27 ESC escape 59 91 123 28 FS file separator 60 lt 92 124 29 GS group separator 61 93 125 30 RS record separator 62 gt 94 126 31 US unit separator 63 95 127 DEL 06 March 2013 Ver 245 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Appendix H Extracting Information from HL7 v2 Messages The appendix describes how to configure the Event Handler for extracting information from HL7 version 2 messages into event elements for event assignment The HL7 version 3 is an XML based protocol See Ap
285. soft keys differ from different Unite messaging types The length of the text can differ depending on the model of handset that is used The text should be as short as possible In the corresponding text field enter the name of the soft key to be displayed depending on which type of message that is received Cisco Interface Text for Accept softkey Accept Previous Text for Accepted message Accepted Text for Reject softkey Reject Text for Delete softkey Delete Text for No messages message No messages Title text for No messages message Empty Ce 06 March 2013 Ver 136 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 17 WLAN Interface 17 1 Handset Registration To be able to register to Unite CM each VoWiFi handset must be programmed with the IP address of Unite CM used refer to the Configuration Manual for respective VoWiFi handset 17 2 Shared Phones When using shared phones all VoWiFi handsets authenticates with passwords The password can be a common password for all users or the call number Individual passwords are supported by the User Server in Unite CM In order to work all shared phones in a system need to have the same major version in the software version 17 3 WLAN System WLAN system handles the VoWiFi handset relogin time and authentication A handset is considered to be logged out if it has not made a relogin within a certain time Call d
286. ss User ID File format XML v x Add e mail entry 2 Enter select following settings Settings Description E mail Address Destination address for the export User ID Enter ID if only the activities the user is allowed to see shall be exported If left empty all activities will be exported File format Export in the format CSV or XML If the log file should be analysed with the Log Analyser then XML format should be chosen Otherwise the choice of format is dependent of the tool that should be used for analysing the data 3 Click Save Export Activity Logs in Realtime to a Syslog Server Activities in the module are logged and can be exported to a Syslog Server where the logs can be managed and analyzed Messages are sent to the syslog server every time an activity occur in the module Example of activities are An SMS has been sent to a handset an alarm has been received from a handset an error has occurred in the module etc Syslog is a simple protocol SYStem LOG protocol for transmitting event messages and alerts text across an IP network The activities are sent as text messages from the module to the Syslog Server The IP address to the Syslog Server must be set in the module The activities can be exported to 5 syslog servers in parallel 06 March 2013 Ver 206 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Select Enable in the drop down list Click the Add Syslog entry butto
287. ssage 06 March 2013 Ver 112 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e source realtime cache realtime is in the beginning empty but will be filled up as data is received cache stored data e channel name what input to look at start gets data and shows what next to do if some steps are missing e stop stop get data e list lists the available channels help shows a list of available commands The way to write is to enter the command all lines ends with carriage return Space is used to separate the command from the data 06 March 2013 Ver 113 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 12 Text Displays 12 1 NOTE License is required see 1 1 Licenses for Unite CM on page 1 NOTE Each Unite CM module can control up to 50 corridor displays Add another Unite CM module to the system in order to extend the system with 50 more corridor displays The text displays feature makes it possible to send messages to external displays such as corridor displays LED signs etc The external displays must support the Adaptive Display EZ 95 protocol when using Adaptive displays or the Elen display protocol when using NICD and teleCARE displays Up to 30 messages can be cycled in a text display and the messages are sorted and removed first by comparing priority and second by comparing the age The text display device must be added as a user
288. ssage Text Data trigger a User ca111 Figure 23 Available information for the data trigger 5 Select number of beeps in the Beep Code drop down list Select message priority in the Priority drop down list 7 If the loudspeaker mode on the handset shall be activated when a user has accepted the PTT message tick the Loudspeaker check box 8 Click Save Select Escalation Action If the Request confirmation check box is checked and the message has not been confirmed within the specified time it can be escalated to another action which in turn can be escalated Up to three escalations are possible for each triggered alarm action Note If the input trigger is repeated make sure the Repetition Time refer to Input Trigger on page 46 is longer than the complete escalation chain This is advised to avoid confusing the users with several simultaneous escalation chains for the same trigger 1 Enter in seconds for how long Unite CM shall wait before escalation Escalation 1 If a message with confirmation request has not been accepted within the set number of seconds the escalation actions are started If several messages are sent at least one must have been accepted Escalate after 60 seconds Message action v Output action Push to talk Message _ 2 Select action to take in the Escalation drop down list and click Add For Message action refer to e Message Action on page 47 e For Output action refer to O
289. ssignment on the start page ascom Unite Connectivity Manager Action Assignment Administration of access rights for Duty Assignment Action Access Rights Configuration and Event Assignment Configuration of available events and Action Configuration actions Conditions to be fulfilled indicating Event Assignment that an event has occurred Figure 31 Action Assignment page TIP During the configuration there are many GUI s to log in to and all of them prompt for User ID and Password During the configuration it is possible to keep the main GUI applet open that is the first page that opens after you have logged in in case you need to go back to make changes It is only possible to log in to one GUI at the time that is if you already have one Action Configuration opened it is not possible to log in to another one 4 12 System Supervision Unite modules and other equipment in the system can be supervised refer to 23 System Supervision and Security on page 180 4 13 Status 4 13 1 Active Faults Active Faults page is where the last 100 received active persistent fault logs are listed For more information about the fault log see 4 13 4 Fault Log on page 61 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Status gt Active Faults in the menu on the Configuration page The following information is shown for each fault Time when the fault occurred e level of the fault Critical error Erro
290. ssion an expression that defines which tag values to include in the element value The example translation table 1 PATIENT_NAME Message PSPA Patient Name 2 PATIENT_LOCATION Message PSPA Patient Location 3 XML_EVENT_TYPECODE Message Type Would result in the following event elements e out Unite CM event Event elements 1 Name PATIENT NAME e out Unite CM event Event elements 1 Value Miss Pippi Langkous 2 e out Unite CM event Event elements 2 Name PATIENT LOCATION e out Unite CM event Event elements 2 Value First aid R1 S4 e out Unite CM event Event elements 3 Name XML EVENT TYPECODE e out Unite CM event Event elements 3 Value PSPA Note The left row of the translation table must be incrementing starting at 1 It is mandatory for the Event Handler configuration to work properly The XML syntax in received data must be correct for the template to work If the received data includes non XML data it must first be removed 1 1 2 Consideration Unite CM supports the XML Path Language XPath 1 0 from Nov 16 1999 see www w3 org TR xpath for a specification 06 March 2013 Ver 254 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Appendix J Protocol Limitations input This appendix describes a number of protocol specific limitations and deviations and is valid for input direction The serial interface included in Unite CM is a successor to the system 900 modul
291. ssion to external equipment Default 30 milliseconds If status characters ACK NAK shall be sent on protocol level to external equipment Default Yes Start character for the message Default lt 3C Hex End character for the message Default gt 3E Hex Record separator character for the message Default 2F Hex Character for positive acknowledge of the message on protocol level Default A 41 Hex Character for negative acknowledge of the message on protocol level Default N 4E Hex Makes it possible to convert display message characters 2 Click Activate 9 1 3 TAP Protocol in 1 The following settings can be selected changed Settings Description Enabled Yes No selection Default No Name Description of the channel 06 March 2013 Ver 103 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Serial port Port selection 1 2 Default None Port 2 will be selected when set from the Wizard but both ports can be configured here Note that only one port at the time can be used Bit rate Select bit rate Default 9600 bits s Mode Select mode Default 8 Data bits Even parity Flow control Used for handshaking control Default None Default Call ID Number to call if not specified in the external equipment Default 000 IP Address of Event Handler A paging received via this serial interface will override the number plan and be sent directly to the Event Handler s
292. sword used for logging on to the LDAP server in the Password field 7 Enter the user entries parent DN in the Search Base DN field The distinguished name for all users common entry 8 Enter the name of the attribute that holds the telephone numbers in the Number attribute field 9 Select the appropriate option in the Type of Name Attribute s drop down list The option depends on if the name is stored in a single attribute or if it is split into two different attributes 10 Enter name s of the attribute s containing first name and family name in the Name Attribute s field If two attributes are used enter the first name on the first line and the family name on the second line 11 Enter an error message to be sent as an answer to a phonebook query that was unsuccessful due to no answer from the server in the Error message field 8 5 1 Examples of Settings LDAP directory in VoIP Gateway Phonebook LDAP Server cr Proxy Address 172 20 9 219 Port Number 389 Authentication Method Simple User name Idap guest Password Search Base DN cn PBXD Number Attribute fetes Type of Name Attribute s One containing both first and family name v HHHHHHEHB Name Attribute s loan Error message Unable to reach LDAP database Digit Manipulation Digit Manipulation Enabled Country Code National Destination Code International Prefix
293. system where the Transmitter and Receiver Interface are connected to the Unite CM via the Central Unit This solution can be used in small system where the distance between the receiver area and transmitter area is short Since a psychical trunk line is required between the Receiver Interface and the Central Unit a short distance is preferred In this solution the Unite CM acts as a slave on the A bus since the Central Unit is used The alarms locations etc received from the receiver area are distributed via the Central Unit to the Unite CM The Unite CM then distributes the alarms locations etc to an appropriate application In this solution the basic parameters are as follows Receiver Interface Number of modules to receive alarms is set to 1 NOTE This parameter is set in the PCPAR application see General Description PCPAR TD 90799GB Unite CM Bus operating mode is set to Abus with central unit Prefix and call number range is set to the same prefix as in the Central Unit The destination for alarm locations etc received from the System 900 is set under Message Distribution For example 127 0 0 1 BasicAlarmHandler 06 March 2013 Ver 139 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Site Local Area Network g Unite CM 10 30 1 1 d Receiver T9BORI e Ss LAN E M d 1 7
294. t Automatic export can be to send logs to an FTP server or attach logs to an e mail Manual export is used when a certain time period of the activity log should be exported and automatic export is used when the activity log should be exported regularly for example the same time every day On this page it is also possible to clear all stored Activity Logs 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Activity Log gt Log Export in the menu on the Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 203 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Administer Activity Log Manual Export Activities stored dunng specified time will be exported Start date and time 200 O O May v 00 00 End date and time 2011 May 1725 File format Automatic export Export type No export v Max size of export file in kB File name 1024 LogExport Export to File Add FTP entry Export as E mail Realtime export Export Disable w Syslog server Add Syslog entry Figure 90 Administrate Activity Log page Manual export The manual export includes stored activities within specified time period Manual Export Activities stored during specified time wel be exported Start date and time 2007 September 21 00 00 End date and time 2007 September 25 15 00 File format CSV 06 March 2013 Ver 204 I
295. t Web Messaging Coloured Messaging Event Handler Input Interfaces SMIP Output Interfaces Text Displays DECT Interface Interface Selection Figure 5 The Advanced Configuration page 3 2 Authentication Levels and Default Passwords Unite CM has different authentication levels Using the Send Message function i e creating and sending messages can be done by any user in the system and requires normally no password but individual passwords for logging in to the system can be created e User rights are required for the administration of users amp groups and the phonebook Default user name and password are user and password Administrator rights are required for the setup the configuration and administration of Unite CM simple troubleshooting and changing passwords except for the sysadmin password Default user name and password are admin and changeme System Administrator rights are used for advanced troubleshooting gives access to all administration pages and the permission to change all passwords Default user name and password are sysadmin and setmeup Functionality matrix The following matrix shows which functionality that can be used by the different authentication levels anonymous user admin sysadmin Send messages Yes Yes Yes Yes Phonebook administration NetPage login No Yes Yes Yes View configuration settings No NO Yes Yes 06 March 2013 Ver 16 Installation and Op
296. t Trigger 1 Select input in the Input drop down list Only inputs defined in the I O Setup are available Refer to 4 8 Input Output Setup on page 39 Triggers Select trigger type and chck Add Several triggers of the same type can be added Input Trigger Max No of Input Repetition Time s Repetitions v 60 o x E 2 Enter in seconds the interval between repetitions in the Repetition Time text field Note that this field must be set to min 10 seconds even if no repetitions shall be made 3 Enter how many times the action shall be repeated in the Max No of Repetitions text field For no repetitions enter 0 4 Click Add 06 March 2013 Ver 46 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e Data Trigger 1 Enter data in the Data text field Triggers Select trigger type and click Add Several triggers of the same type can be added Data Trigger Data Number SSS x Add 2 If the data is to be sent from a specific handset enter handset No in the Number text field Leave empty if any handset shall be able to send the data Note that the handset must be defined in Messaging Users Select Type of Action 1 Select type of action in the Actions drop down list and click Add Several actions can be added Actions Select type of action and click Add Several actions can be added Message Action NOTE The Call ID must be defi
297. t manipulation identifies O as National Prefix and 31 as National Destination Code strips 031 from the number and adds 00 for external line Resulting number 00612500 e Example 3 The query is within the same country but not in the same city Queried number 035158115 Digit manipulation identifies O as National Prefix and 35 as National Destination Code and adds 00 for external line Resulting number 00035158115 Example 4 The query is within another country Queried number 4781530555 Digit manipulation identifies 47 as an international call skips the and adds 00 for external line prefix and 00 for international prefix Resulting number 00004781530555 06 March 2013 Ver 97 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN e Example 5 Size of internal number Queried number 1234 Digit manipulation identifies that the number of digits in the telephone number is equal to the number of digits entered as maximum size of internal phone numbers Resulting number 1234 Example 6 Size of global number Queried number 47815305555 Digit manipulation identifies that the number of digits in the telephone number is equal to the number of digits entered as minimum size of global phone numbers then adds 00 for external line prefix and 00 for international prefix Resulting number 000047815305555 Digit manipulation settings The parameters for digit manipulation can be set via
298. t name Domain name Primary DNS Secondary DNS Network Yes v Enabled v 172 20 13 42 172 20 8 1 255 255 248 0 Elise ascom ws com 172 20 8 145 172 20 8 100 BERHBHEHERHBHH WINS Server 172 20 8 145 Activate Figure 45 The Network page The following parameters can be set via the Advanced Configuration page Some of these parameters can also be set in the setup wizard Require network connection Controls if the module needs a connection to the network to start up This can be useful if you want configure the module before connecting it to a network e DHCP Controls whether static or dynamic IP address shall be assigned to this Elise module If DHCP is enabled only the host name below is applicable e P address This parameter sets the IP address for Unite CM Default gateway This parameter sets the IP address to a Gateway on the Local Area Network LAN Subnet mask This parameter sets the network mask that is to be used If this parameter is set to 0 0 0 0 it means that the Gateway never will be used e Host name Domain name This parameter sets the desired domain name for Unite CM e DNS Server This parameter sets the IP address to a DNS if one exists If no DNS Server is present on the network set this parameter to 0 0 0 0 e WINS Server This parameter sets the IP address to a Primary WINS Server if one exists If no WINS Server is present on the network set this pa
299. t that uses WAP version earlier than 2 0 the message that is sent will be UTF8 encoded The parameter utf8 then has to be included to indicate this for the CGI script in NetPage The parameter utf8 has to be given a value but the value has no meaning i e it can be any value NOTE This parameter should not be used for HTML based NetPage applications 22 2 6 Translation of the User Interfaces The texts presented in the user interfaces can be translated The translation is entered differently depending on the example user interface that is used The HTML files index template and index1 index2 and index3 are translated in the HTML code The default Netpage user interface index4 on the other hand is translated in the language js and receive html file where receive html includes the NetPage message history applet See figure 64 on page 177 for an overview of where the different files are used Start Page 1 Download copy the file and included images from the FTP area see 22 2 2 Files for Translation Editing on page 171 2 Open the file in a text or HTML editor and translate all words 3 Save the file 4 Upload paste the file to the FTP area see 22 2 7 Upload the Files to the FTP Area on Unite CM on page 178 5 Check that the user interface looks all right Example User Interfaces index example1 html index example2 html and index example3 html NetPage GUI 1 Download copy the file and included images from the FTP area se
300. tabase Search for Activity logs From the Activity Log Viewer it is possible to search for activities that are stored in Unite CM by choosing time period priority level kind of activity etc For priority and activity it is possible to specify if searching for all priorities or activities or searching for a specific priority or activity Specific information in the activity can also be searched for example a subject or body or a specific Call ID 1 Click the search symbol 2 Enter start date or click the calendar button to select the date The time can be changed by clicking the clock button 3 Change the number of lines if you want more or less than 100 activities to be displayed 4 Select specify the search criteria All is set by default but Priority Activity Origin Destination and Information can be specified When searching for specific Origin 06 March 2013 Ver 198 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Destination and or Information enter number or a text in the corresponding text field Number of Lines 100 Priority Setting Date Time Number of lines Priority Information Activity Origin Destination Click OK 06 March 2013 Ver Start Stop 2007 09 24 2007 09 C vvvv MM DD 00 00 00 o 23 59 59 o HH MM SS All information Low Normal High Alarm All A Origin Call ID Message Message with Confirmation Request Message Confirmat
301. te CM 6 In the Network monitor IP address text field enter the IP address of the equipment to be used as network reference The Unite CM will check that it has connection to the network by sending ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol ping inquiries to this equipment every second If you do not want you use a network reference set the IP address to 127 0 0 1 NOTE The network topology used in the system may have impact on which equipment that should be used as network reference See Appendix D 7 Click Activate NOTE Once Activate is pressed it is not possible to undo the activation of the module redundancy However it is possible to deactivate the module redundancy by clicking Deactivate and then click Really deactivate The module will reboot immediately The GUI will not be updated automatically when the reboot is done Update the GUI by clicking the F5 button on your keyboard 8 Click Reboot now or reboot later 06 March 2013 Ver 66 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN The Unite CM will now reboot and copy data from its internal flash memory to the SD memory during the start up sequence This can take up to 3 minutes The GUI will not be updated automatically when the reboot is done Update the GUI by clicking the F5 button on your keyboard Note that Primary will be stated in the GUI s upper left corner when the module is up and running again IMPORTANT When the
302. te all interfaces within the module 06 March 2013 Ver 87 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 5 Click Activate For additional information see also Installation Guide Elise3 TD 92679GB 7 10 1 Set Time in System 900 The time in Unite CM can also determine the time in System 900 1 Click the Setup System 900 time link in the Time settings window 2 Select Yes 3 Click Activate 7 10 2 Manual Time setting if Web browser is Time Source If Web browser has been selected as time source the time must be set manually Otherwise this setting shall not be done The settings can also be set in the setup wizard 1 Click Set time under Time Current date is 2011 05 30 Currenttime is 16 16 23 reload Please Note The time cannot be set from here unless the Time source parameter in Time Settings is setto Web Browser Local PC Date 2011 05 30 Local PC Time 16 15 51 Figure 44 The Set Date and Time page 2 Enter date and time 3 Click Submit time 7 11 Network Setting 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 88 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 Click Network under Common in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Require network connection DHCP IP address Default gateway Subnet mask Hos
303. te and Send Messages via the Messaging Tool on page 147 19 4 1 Messaging Tool Configuration It is possible to change the title of the Messaging Tool web page 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 150 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 Click Messaging Tool in the menu on Advanced Configuration page Messaging Tool jg Messaging Tool EM Factors ii cancel Figure 58 The Messaging Tool page 4 Enter text to be shown as title Click Activate 19 4 2 NetPage Configuration Configure NetPage messaging The following settings are applicable for NetPage web messaging To set messaging properties 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on Configuration page 3 Select Web Messaging in the menu on Advanced Configuration page Message Message max length 500 Call ID range Lower limit Call ID range Upper limit User login required Automatic logout when idle minutes 0 Messaging rights Call ID range Number list source User database v BHHHHHHBH Default GUI Custom v Cs Figure 59 The Message page 4 Enter values for messaging The following parameter can be set Message max length Sets the maximum number of characters that can be forwarded to a unit Messages longe
304. teway must log on to the Device Manager in order to be considered online If the fixed IP DECT device has not logged in again within the Time to Live TTL time it will be considered as logged out 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Settings Advanced Configuration on the Configuration page 3 Under IP DECT Interface click Device Handling in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Device Handler Settings Enable service discovery EE Enabled v Login TTL min Hg s activate 4 In the Login TTL text field select the maximum time 10 1440 minutes the fixed IP DECT devices have to relogin before it will be considered logged out 5 Click Activate 6 6 Service Discovery Service Discovery allows automatic detection of devices and services on a network without prior configuration Unite CM and the devices that shall belong to that Unite CM have to be set to the same Domain ID 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Settings gt Advanced Configuration on the Configuration page 3 Under Other click Service Discovery in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page 4 In the Domain ID field enter the Service Discovery Domain ID Module settings Domain ID E activate 06 March 2013 Ver 77 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 5 Click Activate 06 March 2013 Ver 78 Installation and O
305. that it is not possible to remove the default language Swedish x English 22 1 6 Select Language Translated languages the language id attribute are shown together with the default language English in the language drop down list in the Language page 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Set language in the menu on the Configuration page Set language English w Temporary Permanent Import Export Language 3 Select language in the drop down list and click Permanent To change language for this session only i e for this browser window until closed click Temporary 22 2 Customize the User Interface GUI Unite CM has an FTP area with default 50 MB disk space The disk space can be set in the interval 5 MB up to 150 MB About 1 6 Mb of the disk space on the FTP area is dedicated for the NetPage user interfaces The free space can be used for storing files and folders for example a customized user interface for sending messages 22 2 1 Change the Size of the FTP Area This is a secured setting and before it can be activated it must manually be confirmed by pressing the mode button on the module 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 170 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 Select FTP area under Common in the menu
306. the Advanced Configuration page An UniteAM Handling dialog window opens 4 Click Unlock to unlock the GUIs in the Unite CM 7 6 Open Access Protocol OAP NOTE OAPv4 requires an additional license This function makes it possible for client applications to communicate with other connected systems for example the Cordless Telephone System The protocol that is used for communication is called Open Access Protocol OAP The OAP interface is defined by the OA XML protocol New services can be added by importing new OA XML files see 7 8 Importing new OA XML file on page 86 06 March 2013 Ver 84 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Refer to Function Description Open Access Protocol OAP TD 92215GB for more information about the protocol and when it can be used New services can be added by importing new OA XML files see 7 8 Importing new OA XML file on page 86 7 6 1 Configuration The Message Distribution lists for the different interfaces have to be configured to send the information i e alarms user data location etc to the OAP Server in Unite CM in order to give the client access to the information The address of the OAP Server is XXX XXX XXX XXX OAP where 5ooooooooc xxx is the IP address of the Unite CM running the OAP Server application usually internal host 127 0 0 1 Refer to 15 3 3 DECT Message Distribution on page 130 17 4 WLAN Message Distribution on page 138
307. the first number s in the Call ID or Number Address field followed by the wildcard The fields can also remain empty and only category selected Then all Call IDs in that category will be shown Click Search A list with matching Call IDs will be displayed 4 Select users by clicking the Add button 5 Close the UNS search list 6 Click Save 4 3 2 Multicast Group 1 Click Users amp Groups on the start page 2 Select Messaging Groups in the menu on the Configuration page 06 March 2013 Ver 31 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 Click Multicast Group ID Create Multicast ID lt Call ID Description Group Number Included Categories O DECT O WLAN Member Administration Call ID O x Add 4 Enter the following settings Setting Description Call ID Create a Multicast Group ID numerical or a text string up to 50 characters Description Description of the multicast group Group Number The number defined in the number plan for the sub system radio exchange Included Categories Select category categories Defined in Message Routing Category Setup Add Members to the Multicast Group 5 Add members handsets to the group in the Member Administration section either by A adding members one by one or B search for members to add NOTE The members Call ID of a Multicast group must either have been defined as messaging user Messag
308. the start page 2 Select Status gt Site Information in the menu on the Configuration page Site Information Notes Export Click to export information about the site to a XML file Information about existing lost and new modules as well as information about supervised equipment will be included The Notes field can be used to describe the system These notes will also be included in the exported site information The exported file will be stored as an XML file 4 13 7 WLAN Portables To facilitate troubleshooting the WLAN Portables page gives the possibility to list all handsets that are registered in the system View all Registered VoWiFi Handsets 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select WLAN Portables gt List All in the menu on the Configuration page WLAN Portables 5 portables were found Remove IP Force Relogin Delete Selected Export Result Oo Address Number IP Address Status Last login Fi 2605 172 20 15 183 Available 2008 05 09 13 31 41 E4 o 2606 Not logged in Available 2008 05 08 13 26 37 Eg Fi 2607 Not logged in Available 2008 05 08 13 27 08 Ed Oo 2619 Not logged in Available 2008 05 08 13 30 50 EZ L1 6374 172 20 13 188 Available 2008 05 09 13 31 42 Gf Figure 34 List with all registered VoWiFi Handsets The list can be sorted by address number IP address status or last login 06 March 2013 Ver 63 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Save
309. tion of the User Interfaces on page 176 and Example GUI index4 default NetPage User Interface on page 177 described that the NetPage GUI for example can be translated into Russian 24 4 2 Troubleshooting Guide for Unite CM on page 215 Updated troubleshooting for Group Messaging Fault Action Handler and BAM used in a multi site number plan system Message Action on page 193 and Select Type of Action on page 47 note added regarding Call ID 06 March 2013 Ver 225 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Version Date Description contin Appendix L Services in Unite CM on page 259 description and configuration examples added B 5 Cables for Modems on page 230 wiring diagram for 25 pin modem updated Removed 4 14 6 Deactivate Module Redundancy on page 70 removed first bullet regarding if redundancy temporarily was deactivated in to order upgrade software 25 Related Documents Ascom 9d documents removed 06 March 2013 Added 4 17 Selection of Data Storage on page 72 6 2 2 Fixed IP DECT Devices on page 75 6 5 Online Status Report Time for Fixed IP DECT Devices on page 77 7 4 1 Serial IP Server Protocol on page 84 Updated 1 1 3 Other additional Licenses on page 2 updated that the Device Manager supports up to 10 000 devices 4 1 3 Import users from a CSV file on page 22 updated that existing Users and Group can be included in a template 4 11 2
310. tion page B WN e In the left menu on the Troubleshoot page you can view logs and find detailed information about the system Specify Information to Log Standard debug is set by default but this can be extended and show more details 1 Click System Information in the left menu 2 Enable desired logs and click Activate e Send Test Message The Troubleshoot page also includes the possibility to send test messages 1 Click Send Test Message in the left menu 2 Enter Call ID and click Send Message 24 7 Whatto consider when replacing a module P Address License Module key Remember where cables were connected 24 8 Technical Support For technical support please contact your local Ascom representative 06 March 2013 Ver 221 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 25 Related Documents Data Sheet Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92739EN Elise3 Embedded Linux Server including safety instructions M0275130 nstallation Guide Elise3 TD 92679GB Data Sheet Elise3 TD 92524GB User Manual Action Assignment in Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92842bN User Manual Duty Assignment in Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92841EN User Manual Device Manager in Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92855EN Function Description Remote Management TD 92257GB Function Description Open Access Protocol OAP TD 92215GB Function Description Activity Logging in Unite TD 92341GB Fun
311. tions can be added Message action v Add Activate Output Output Duration s Siren vin x R Figure 109 Activating an Action for Alarm Cancellation It does not matter which handset that sends the data so the trigger is general when it comes to handset number The output is set to the initial state again after 1 second Example 2 When the door to one of the cold storage rooms opens the input from Cold storage room is activated If the door is open longer than 2 minutes a message is sent and the lamp above the door is lit If the door still is open after 10 minutes another message is sent After 15 minutes another message is sent and the siren starts to sound When the door is closed the siren and lamp are turned off Three alarm actions are created One that handles the alarm called Cold storage room open one called Cold store room open very long and one called Cold storage room closed 06 March 2013 Ver 241 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Cold storage room 1 door open Input Triggers Cold storage door open and Cold storage door still open When the door has been open for 2 minutes 120 seconds the action is started The action shall not be repeated so the Repetition time is not stated and the value in the Max No of Repetitions field has no meaning When the door has been open for 10 minutes 600 seconds another message is sent as
312. tions can be set up for the Event that occur Click Event Triggers and select trigger If no configuration is done it will trigger on all incoming messages Match Conditions if there exists more than one trigger and they should differ from each other the state and condition of the trigger can be changed It will activate the Extract and send data by default if nothing is done Activations conditions can be set on activation It will activate Extract and send data by default if nothing is done 06 March 2013 Ver 55 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN External Actions This is where to create event element assignments Open the folders External Action gt Extract and send data Click Assignments to create event element assignments e Define alarm type and location There are four predefined examples e Alarm Type e Alarm Type description Location Location description Conversion tables This is where to create and edit translation tables 4 11 5 Alarm Management Client AMC Management An external action on an event configured in Event Handler can be to present information on an AMC Alarm Management Client Communication between Unite CM and AMC The Unite CM controls all communication with the presentation clients AMC The Event Handler has to be configured to send information to the client and also to confirm actions taken in the AMC acknowledge and r
313. top level destination in a diversion chain If at least one secondary destination is created it is possible to temporarily disable the top level destination by clicking the Ei symbol and then marking the Disable option button At least one destination must always be enabled 4 2 3 Additional Call IDs A user can have several Call IDs An additional Call ID can be used if the users Call ID has been added as text and messages is to be sent from devices that only can handle numerical 1 Click Messaging gt Users in the menu on the Configuration page 2 Click the 8 symbol to the right of the user 3 Click the Show hide advanced settings button on the User Setup page 4 Click Add new Additional User Call IDs Define any Additional Call IDs that the user has Several Call IDs can be defined for the same user Diversions set up for the user will be used also for additional Call IDs Call ID Description 5 Enter Call ID and Description in the text fields 06 March 2013 Ver 28 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 6 Click Save 4 2 4 Additional Devices The user can have several devices where the first one is the main device Which device that should be the main one is possible to change by clicking Use as main The main device is placed first in the list Additional devices can be used in diversion chains but it is also possible to send a message directly to an additional
314. trap Refer to SNMP Trap Action on page 194 23 6 Activity Logging To be able to view activities stored in Unite CM it is also necessary to install the Java Runtime Environment to run the Activity Log Viewer To find this go to www java com Functions in the Activity Log e Activity Log Viewer view and search for activities that are stored in Unite CM Storage Settings limit the number of stored activities e Log Export automatic and manual export and clearing stored activities 23 6 1 Activity Log Viewer The Activity Log Viewer can be opened either from the start page or from the Configuration page 1 Click Activity Log Viewer on the start page or select Activity Log gt Activity Log Viewer in the menu on the Configuration page 2 Enter User name and Password and click OK Activity Log Windows Internet xplorer E het 1172 26 16 96 valgalactivity jog agpist pho Figure 85 The Activity Log view It is possible to search for stored logs and view incoming activity logs continuously 06 March 2013 Ver 197 Installation and Operation Manual U nite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Symbols in Activity Log Viewer Z Related activities Pp Search P Cancel Search Update view continuously Stop updating view Print search result as Log out Log information Symbols T Error did not reach destination Extended log used for quick information and is not stored in da
315. ts In the Log View page it is possible to edit the authorities for the User Teams These settings restrict which activity logs that will be shown to the user in the Activity Log Viewer and can also be used to restrict which activities that are exported to a specified destination 1 Click Messaging gt Teams in the menu on the Configuration page 2 Click Log View on the User Teams page Log View Mark the check box in front of the User Team s that shall be changed Select a User Team and click Add Remove to change the groups authorities Mark all Unmark all User Team Authorities Disney team Test Test Testteam si Adding or removing log view rights is done in the same way as in messaging rights see 20 3 2 Edit Messaging Rights 06 March 2013 Ver 160 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 20 3 4 Edit or Delete a User Team 1 Click Messaging gt Teams in the menu on the Configuration page N Pe Edit sns Click the symbol to the right of the User Team you want to edit Make your changes and click Save Delete Click the symbol to the right of the User Team you want to delete 20 4 Work Shifts For creating a Work Shift see 4 5 Create Work Shifts on page 34 Symbols used in Work Shifts Symbol X 20 4 1 Edit Description Edit the Work shift Delete the Work shift or Delete a work Shift 1 Click Messaging gt Work shifts in the menu
316. ts with character encoding UTF 8 for example Russian characters and Swedish characters NOTE These settings are not applicable for all handset types 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 In the left menu click Other Advanced Configuration on the Configuration page 1 See also documentation for the handset 06 March 2013 Ver 91 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 3 Click Phonebook in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page Phonebook Introductory text Search Result No search result Sorry no match Error message Unable to reach LDAP database Database for lookups Local 500 Editable v Call ID Setting LDAP Settings CMG Settings Digit Manipulation Settings C Figure 46 Central Phonebook Setup Enter the texts that should be included in the search result see table below for more information about the different texts and when they are used Default text Description Search result Included in a successful request before the entries that matched the request Sorry no match Sent when there were no match for the sent request Unable to reach LDAP database Sent after an unsuccessful query 8 3 Central Phonebook Settings It is possible to edit number and address to the central phonebook UJ NY HP w NY H Phonebook settings Call ID Ej 999999 Previous IP EE 27004 pce cancel Figure 47 Phonebook Settings C
317. tton Survey System Survey Module When the system or a single module is surveyed information about the module is shown New modules that are found are shown in a separate list New Modules Modules that are lost since the last survey are shown in the list Lost Modules New Modules Add All Module IP Address Host name Status Since OAS 172 20 10 102 OAS 102 x 3 53 Service Description 2008 05 22 8 04 900 System 900 Interface 13 36 58 OAS OAT Server ESS 172 20 11 44 ESS 44 Amazons x 2 15 ipti Service Description 2008 05 22 8 31 SP3 900 System 900 Interface 13 36 FaultHandler System Fault Handler 3 3658 ActivityLogger System Activity Logger Figure 80 New surveyed modules The survey request is sent out as a broadcast message meaning that any module placed outside a router will not receive the request If a module is placed outside the local LAN router a specific request Survey Module to that module must be made for the first survey Once the module has been added to the list of Existing modules it will be included in subsequent system survey requests If an existing module is not answering on the broadcast message a directly addressed survey request will always be sent 06 March 2013 Ver 180 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 4 Click the Add button to the right of the module in the New Modules list see Figure 66 to add the module The added modules will be sh
318. ult Actions page it is possible to set actions to start when the first persistent fault occurs and or when there are no remaining persistent faults The actions that can be set are e Activating error relay and outputs set up on the I O Setup page for the defined time or as long as there are persistent faults Sending messages when the first fault occurs and when no faults remain Sending SNMP traps when the first fault occurs and when no faults remain Sending E mail when the first fault occurs and when no faults remain nd Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Fault Handling Summary Fault Actions in the menu on the Configuration page Activating Error Relay Outputs NOTE When module redundancy is activated see 4 14 Module Redundancy on page 65 the error relay should only be connected to the primary Unite CM since it is preferred to be the active module Summary Fault Status indicated by Error Relay Indicates Fault Duration s L1 Output Output Duration s Internal Output 1 v Add Error Relay 1 To activate the error relay select the check box for Indicates Fault The error relay will be released when activated 2 Set the duration in seconds If duration is not set the error relay will be released until no persistent faults remain 3 Click Save at the bottom of the page 06 March 2013 Ver 195 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN The err
319. unction tries to use the Not reachable condition due to it belongs to an active work shift In this case the Not reachable condition will not be performed due to the Out of range condition blocks the Not reachable diversion Configure the phonebook to use port 3286 to Microsoft Global Catalog GC instead of port 389 GC is a service in Microsoft Active Directory Configure GC to synchronize all attributes that is needed for users in the phonebook Export the default language to set the format and edit the language file Try to import the language file again and verify that it is OK If not the file is corrupt Enter a valid license and restart the module Make sure you do not have multiple applications configured for Serial port 1 for instance GSM or DECT together with Serial Interface See the example below for more information Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Fault Probable cause Action or comment Example Setup diversion for 9000 Database utilization 0 0 Diversion Be m9 9000 WLAN Messaging Interface E Inactive work shift D IF OUT OF RANGE 7000 WLAN Messaging Interface Day shift only SAR GS IF NOT REACHABLE REUNe WOTIESRITE 8000 WLAN Messaging Interface Morning shift only EEE In the figure above the Not reachable condition 8000 gt WLAN Messaging Interface will not be performed due to the Out of range condition 7000 gt WLAN Messaging Interf
320. und In some systems the base station IDs might alter when the Cordless Telephone System is upgraded In the alarm handling the base station IDs are used for location determination of an alarming handset Normally the ID is converted to a text string that describes the location The ID can also be used in trigger conditions for example to decide which guards that should be informed about an alarm To avoid having to update the base station IDs in many different places in the configuration of the alarm handling Unite CM can convert the base station IDs before it is sent to the alarm system This can be convenient regardless of how the Cordless Telephone System handles an upgrade as the base station IDs normally consists of about ten characters The base station conversion can then be used to shorten the IDs before it is sent to the alarm system It is also possible to convert the ID to a descriptive text 15 5 2 Configuration The Base Station Conversion can be reached from the Advanced Configuration page 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Other gt Advanced Configuration in the menu on the Configuration page 3 Select Base Station Conversion under DECT Interface in the menu on the Advanced Configuration page 4 Enter the file name or click Browse and select the file 5 Click Import file The conversion table is imported as a CSV file with the base station ID in the first column and the new ID in the secon
321. upper left corner indicating that this module currently is the active module Secondary a Information Y Messaging Status Application problem Y Phonebook Number of Active Faults 0 Y Fault Handling Software Version 4 02 A Y Supervision Module Key 00129413 Y Activity Log License Number 30000000X80000818 Additional License Number J0000000 06BE8368 35 Hardware type Elise3 Standard Y Software Y Other Data Storage SD card Redundancy Sync Status Data out of sync Remaining running time 715 hours 3 Select Status gt Active Faults on the Configuration page The log shows for example that the secondary module is active and that the primary module has failed Other faults might also be shown 4 Perform an action to ensure that the active module works properly For example send a message to a handset to check if it receives the message 5 Connect the primary module and check if the secondary module starts to synchronize with the primary module A completed synchronization is indicated as follows e On the secondary module the Status LED and the Power LED will be steady blue as long the module acts as an active module Onthe primary module the Status LED is turned off and the Power LED will still flash blue as long the module acts as a standby module e The synchronization status on both modules will be changed to Data in sync when the data is synchronized After the test it is recommended to switch back to the primary module agai
322. ur changes and click Save Delete 1 Click the symbol to the right of the Category you want to delete 06 March 2013 Ver 163 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 21 Software Administration Besides the software administration via Unite CM configuration page it is also possible to administer the software via the module s Boot Mode GUI This is described in the Installation Guide Elise3 TD 92679GB The Boot Mode GUI is typically used if no software is installed on the module or if it should be impossible to access the software 21 1 Software Information All information about the installed software is shown in this view Two software versions can be installed on the module 1 Click Configuration on the start page 2 Select Software Information in the menu on the Configuration page 04 Software Information Y Messaging Users Software 1 Y Phonebook Y Alarm Handling Software Name Unite Connectivity Manager Fault Handling Software Version B11 2 00 A Y Supervision Installation Date 2010 08 23 Y Activity Log Y Status Software 2 running Y Software Software Name Unite Connectivity Manager Software Version 2 00 A Information Switch Installation Date 2010 08 23 Installation Y Other Settings The software name versions the date they were installed and also which version that currently is running are shown 21 2 Switch Software If two software versi
323. utput Action on page 48 e For Push to talk Message refer to Push to talk PTT Message on page 49 3 Click Save 4 10 2 Add Locations IMPORTANT Do not mix the two location types DECT location and Base Station location in one system When the Alarm Handling on Unite CM triggers on Alarm trigger the included location in a text message action can be faulty because DECT location is prioritized higher then Base Station location That is if a handset has received a DECT location in one area and the user sends an alarm from another area with only Base Station locations the location that will be included in the message text is the DECT location that could be very old and no longer valid 06 March 2013 Ver 50 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 1 Select Alarm Handling gt Locations and click Add 2 Enter the code for the location in the Code text field Tip To get the code for the location 1 select alarm trigger 2 create a message action 3 click Reply to sender icon to send the message to the sender of the alarm 4 insert location in the message text 5 trigger an alarm You will receive the code in the display 3 Enter a short description of the location in the Description text field Click Save When setting up the alarm action this description can be included in the message text 4 11 Advanced Event Handling Unite CM includes an Event Handler which makes
324. vel 1 Click Setup Default SNMP Trap Action Setup Log Setup Information Event Description Include trap data Figure 83 The default SNMP trap is enabled to receive information 2 Select which level the sent Status Log should have or select No Log to not generate a Status Log when a trap only matching the default action 3 Enter an event description to be included in the Status Log 4 Select the Include trap data check box if received trap data should be included in the log message and click Save Add Change SNMP Trap Action This is used when SNMP traps from specific modules or with certain messages should be handled individually The IP address in the received trap should match the defined pattern and or the trap message should match the pattern set up in the filter By selecting No Log in the Log Setup traps matching the set up conditions can be discarded 06 March 2013 Ver 189 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 1 Click Add SNMP Trap Action SNMP Trap Action Setup Module IP Address Filter Notes Action Conditions Enabled 9 Yes O No Log Setup No Log v Event Description Minclude trap data Figure 84 The action is setup to receive SNMP trap with the status Warning 2 Enter select following settings Setting Description Module Enter a name that describes the sender of the SNMP traps IP Address Enter the IP address pattern that
325. vices such as handsets desktop chargers and charging racks that is handle parameters and software for the devices Unite CM can handle different types of protocol and can be used for converting events to actions in your system and it provides an assignment interface to offer the ability for users to dynamically assign recipients to events It can be used to integrate into Nurse Call systems Patient Monitoring systems Laboratory Information systems Hospital Information systems Radiology Information systems Building Management systems and Security Management systems The Unite CM contains a java interface for sending and receiving messages defined by the OA XML protocol Administration of users groups user teams management of alarms from handsets and system units supervision of other system modules and IP equipment etc can be done via a remote connection to a customer site NOTE The software uses open source components and the source code can be downloaded from the website oss ascom ws com 1 1 Licenses for Unite CM 1 1 1 Base Licenses e FE3 C1ALCBAS Unite Connectivity Manager Compact BASE Maximum 100 Messaging users The Compact Base license including 10 Messaging users and management of up to 20 devices in Device Management SMS Location Multicast Broadcast Remote Management Client Carrier System Interface Messaging groups OAP basic one way 06 March 2013 Ver 1 Installation and Operation Manual Unit
326. vised Yes O No Interval 30 le Log Setup Level Critical v Event Description Interfaces S900 Paging FaultHandler System Fault Handler ActivityLogger System Activity Logger DECT DECT EventHandler Alarm and Event Handling BasicAlarmHandler Basic Alarm Handling OAJ Java Server GSM OAP OAP Interface Phonebook Phonebook WLAN WLAN Messaging Interface TAP TAP ESPA ESPA TextSigns Text Displays Additional Configuration Configure the module parameters 4 Enter the following settings Settings Description Supervised If module equipment should be supervised or not Interval The time between supervision request Level The fault level to use in the Status Log 06 March 2013 Ver 183 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN Event Description A customized description that will be added to the Status Log Interface Description A customized description of the service 5 Click Save 23 2 IP Equipment Unite CM can supervise IP Equipment by sending ICMP ping requests If the equipment does not answer on the sent request a persistent Status Log will be generated It includes the configured Equipment name and IP address or host name The default level is Error but can be changed on the setup page The persistent fault will be cleared when the equipment responds again
327. xt field 7 2 1 UNS Settings 7 3 Remote Service Center A Remote Service Center makes it possible for a system supplier to monitor customer systems and give the customer instant support remotely if a fault occurs in the system Unite CM works as the gateway between Ascom products at a customer site and the Remote Service Center Fault information and result from System Survey will then be sent to the Remote Service Center Other modules in the system should be set up to send fault information to Unite CM The communication between the customer site and the Remote Service Center will also be monitored The default time is every 10 minutes If the communication towards Remote Service Center goes down up to 1000 faults will be stored locally in Unite CM When the communication is established again the non transferred faults will then be transferred to Remote Service Center The parameter for blocking repeated faults also affects the faults that are transferred to Remote Service Center refer to 4 13 5 Administer Fault Log on page 62 7 3 1 Set up the Connection to the Remote Service Center Only the credentials for the service when communicating with the Remote Service Center need to be entered to get the connection to work The user name and password are automatically created when the customer site is created at the Remote Service Center User name 15c97845 dda4 48db 9afb 3e256c033009 Password W G 7 sGn5 Figure 41 Example of automati
328. y to connect to Paging system DECT system and to VoWiFi system Unite CM can be connected to and receive pagings from external equipment It can also be connected to and send messages to external text displays 1 6 Requirements Refer to the Data Sheet Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92739EN 06 March 2013 Ver 9 Installation and Operation Manual Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92735EN 2 Installation and Configuration steps The installation of Unite CM hardware that is Elise3 is described in the Elise3 Installation Guide After installing the hardware the basic configuration is easily done with the help of a setup wizard The wizard includes all basic settings needed to get Unite CM up and running 2 1 Cables and Adapters NOTE Not included in delivery Cables to DECT Exchange and adapters can be ordered separately refer to the Data Sheet Unite Connectivity Manager TD 92739EN If you want to make your own cable refer to the descriptions in Appendix B RS232 Connections on page 228 2 2 Information required for the Setup Make sure the following information is available e MAC address found on a label on the Unite CM s rear side in the application s GUI in the Setup Wizard or on the Configuration page the first view e License number found on the license certificate Network parameters ask your network administrator Type of connected wireless phone system if any e IP address to connected system

Installation and Operation Manual, Unite Connectivity

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents